(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

2005-2006 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




Bright Choice. Bright Futu 









r e 




S%\it|!r l^\i.W 




The Mission 



The mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate educa- 
tion in the liberal arts. This is achieved within 
a coeducational, supportive, residential setting 
through programs that develop communica- 
tion and critical thinking skills; foster self- 
awareness while increasing receptivity to new 
concepts and perspectives; explore literary and 
scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic 
sensibility; elicit social responsibility; 
promote racial inclusiveness, gender equality, 
and an appreciation of cultural diversity; and 
produce leadership for the institutions of 
society. Each student is encouraged to 
develop and strengthen virtues and traits of 
character that enable, ennoble, and emancipate 
the human spirit while deepening commitment 
to those values that undergird civilization. 

Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Association of Colleges and 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for 
Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church. 

Also, the Department of Chemistry is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
to certify upon graduation those students who 
meet or exceed the requirements established 
by the Society for membership. The depart- 
ments of Accounting and Business Adminis- 
tration are accredited by the Association of 
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs. 



The Baccalaureate 
Degree 



Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp 
the modes of inquiry and knowledge associ- 
ated with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree 
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is 
conferred upon the student who has com- 
pleted an educational program incorporating 
the two principles of the liberal arts known as 
distribution and concentration. The objective 
of the distribution principle is to insure that 
the student achieves breadth in learning 
through the study of the major dimensions of 
human inquiry: the humanities, the social 
sciences, and the natural sciences. The 
objective of the concentration principle is to 
provide depth of learning through completion 
of a program of study in a given discipline or 
subject area known as the major. The effect 
of both principles is to impart knowledge, 
inspire inquiry, and encourage creative 
thought. 



2(XI'i-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE , 



CONTENTS 



Contents 



/Academic Calendar. 2005-2006 2 



Welcome to Lycoming 4 



rhe Campus 6 



Admission to Lycoming 10 



financial Matters 13 



Student Affairs . 




\cademic Policies And Regulations 25 



The Academic Program 32 



The CuiTiculum 52 



The Board of Trustees 168 



Administrative Staff/Faculty 169 



The Alumni Association 187 



index 



Communication With 
.ycoming College 



192 



005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 2005-06 academic year. 
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College 
in the fail of 2005 or the spring of 2006 are thereafter 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either distribution requirements, major, or minor 
requirements, a student has the option of following the original 
program as outlined in the catalog in effect at the time of 
matriculation as a freshman or of following a subsequent 
catalog version. Tlie College always reser\'es the right to 
determine which requirements apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but returns 
to the College after no more than one academic year has 
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect at 
the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws from 
the College for more than one year will, upon return, be 
required to complete the requirements currently imposed 
upon other students of the same academic level. A student 
who transfers to the College with advanced standing will be 
subject to the requirements imposed upon other students at 
the College who have attained the same academic level. 
Post-baccalaureate students will be subject to the 
requirements stated on page 32. 

Lycoming College reser\es the right to amend or change 
the policies and procedures stated in this catalog without 
prior notice to those who may be affected by them. The 
provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an 
irrevocable contract between the applicant and/or the 
student and Lycoming College. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 








Academic Calendar 2005 ■ 


-2006 




Fall Semester 



Spring Semester 



Bills are due 



August 12 



December 16 



Residence halls open for freshmen 



August 26 at 9 a.m. 



January 8 at 8 a.m. 



Residence halls open for upperclassmen 



August 27 at 10 a.m. 



January 8 at 8 a.m. 



Classes begin first period 



August 29 



January 9 



Processing of drop/add begins 



August 29 



January 9 



Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 



September 2 



January 13 



Last day for drop/add 



September 2 



January 13 



Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 



September 2 



January 13 



Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 



October 7 



Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
erades were recorded in Fall semester 



February 17 



Early Assessment reports due at noon 



October 10 



February 20 



Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for 
spring recess 



February 24 



Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 



March 5 



Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 



March 6 



Enrollment deposit deadline 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



March 7 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



•- 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

• 







Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


October 31 


March 20 


Last days to withdraw from 
half semester courses. 


1 St 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 


September 28 
November 16 


February 8 
April 5 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 22 




Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 


November 27 




'< Classes resume first period after 
Thanksgiving 


November 28 




Final examinations begin 


December 12 


April 24 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 16 


April 28 


Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m. 


December 16 


April 28 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 

Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 3:00 p.m. 


May 7 


June 4 


July 9 


Classes begin 


May 8 


June 5 


July 10 


Last day for drop/add 


May 9 


June 7 


July 12 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 9 


June 7 


July 12 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 24 


June 26 


July 31 


Term ends 


June 2 


July 7 


August 11 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 2 


July 7 


August 11 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman First Weekend .... August 26, 27, 28 

New Student Convocation August 26 

i Labor Day (classes in session) September 5 

Family Weekend September 23-25 

Creative Arts/Science Saturday October 1 

Homecoming Weekend October 7-9 

Admissions Open House October 15 

Long Weekend (no classes) October 21-23 

Admissions Open House November 12 

Thanksgiving Recess November 22-27 

2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Admissions Open House February 18 

Spring Recess February 24 - March 5 

Accepted Students Day April 2 

Honors Convocation April 9 

Good Friday (no classes) April 14 

Baccalaureate May 6 

Commencement May 7 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 29 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WKLCOME TO LYCOMING 

• 



Welcome To Lycoming College 




Lycoming College is a liberal arts and 
sciences college dedicated to providing the 
type of learning that can be used for a lifetime 
in a supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S. News and World Report has recog- 
nized the Carnegie reclassification of Lycom- 
ing. The College is one of the national liberal 
arts colleges in the United States. It has also 
been included in the "Colleges of Distinction" 
guidebook. The reasons are simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 
for individual attention by a faculty truly 
committed to teaching. The average gradua- 



tion rate for first time freshmen is 67%. More 
information is available on the Registrar's 
homepage under Student Right to Know. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared to 
meet the challenges of life through an aca- 
demic program that includes both breadth of 
study in the humanities, arts, social sciences 
and natural sciences and depth of study in at 
least one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts degree in 3 1 major fields, and 
a bachelor of science degree in four major fields. 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will 
find excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, Lycoming 
students can study engineering, forestry, 
environment, podiatric medicine, optometry, 
and medical technology — while still enjoying 
the benefits of a small college experience. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



They can also study at Oxford Brookes Univer- 
sity in Oxford, England; Anglia Polytechnic 
University in Cambridge, England; Regent's 
College in London, England; Lancaster 
University, Lancaster, England; CUEF 
Universite Stendhal-Grenoble 3 in Grenoble. 
France; Tandem International School in Madrid, 
Spain, and Estudio Sampere at Alicante, 
Madrid, Puerto de Santa Maria, Solamanca, 
Spain, and Cuenca, Ecuador; or spend a 
semester at Westminster Business School in the 
University of Westminster, London, England; 
Washington, D.C., or New York City through 
a number of other cooperative programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to one-third of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience as 
part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, commu- 
nication, government, health and social 
services. The close relationship between the 
College and the community has given 
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their 
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experi- 
ence rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. 
However, students may take one course 
during Lycoming's May Term and from one 
to two courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important 
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of 
community. Lycoming is a truly residential 
college where all students, with the exception 
of close commuters, live on campus in one of 
the College's residence halls or apartments. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by 
a variety of extracumcular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a newspaper, run the 
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount 




theatre productions, participate in a nationally 
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as 
organize and manage their own social 
fraternities and sororities, special interest 
clubs and campus-wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 19 different 
varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women) or 
participate in the College's strong intramural 
program. 

Students are admitted free to productions 
at the Community Arts Center. Student-run 
programs have brought in Adam Sandler, 
Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray and Brian Adams. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball 
and the site of its annual international 
championship. The greater metro area has a 
population of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of 
the state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia, 
Washington, D.C., Baltimore, and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY • THE CAMPUS 

• 



History 



The history of Lycoming College has been 
one of continual evolution. The institution 
has been, at one time or another, an elemen- 
tary and secondary school, a seminary, a 
junior college and at present a four-year 
liberal arts college — going through four 
names in the process. Sold by an independent 
board to the Methodists (who bought it as a 
source of revenue), it is today an independent 
non-profit, private college, affiliated with the 
United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H. 
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first private junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts 
and sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, 
derived from the American Indian word 
"lacomic," meaning "Great Stream," a name 
that enjoys local popularity as the name of the 
county, a township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to every 
student entering its doors. 




The Campus 



Twenty-one buildings sit on Lycoming's 
42-acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 1 2-acre 
athletic field and football stadium lie a few 
blocks north of the main campus. 

Modern buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable double rooms; the student union; 
and the physical education/recreation center. 
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the 
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center, 
an electronic music studio, a photography 
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer 
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the 
physical education center opened in 1980. 
An arts center was renovated and opened in 
1983. The Heim Biology and Chemistry 
Building opened in 1990. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The 
United Methodist Church in the United 
States, who made the circuit through the 
upper Susquehanna District in 1812, the year 
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy) 
opened its doors. Asbury Hall houses fresh- 
man students in a co-educational environ- 
ment. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of 
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The 
self-contained units contain student rooms 
and a chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health 
services, dining services office, security, 
residence life, and buildings and grounds. 
Rich is an all female hall. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes- 
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses 
freshmen in a co-educational environment. 

Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 



Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most 
iirchitecturally impressive complex on campus, 
the Center is composed of four buildings: the 
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle 
Hall, the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laborato- 
ries, and the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968) 
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the 
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library 
supports the classroom and research needs of 
the college community. An active informa- 
tion literacy program promotes the use of print 
materials. Web-accessed academic information 
resources, and other information technologies. 
The collection includes more than 180,000 
volumes, approximately 1000 periodical titles, 
and a strong reference collection suitable to an 
undergraduate education. The Snowden 
Memorial Library also houses the Lycoming 
College Archives and the archives of the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference of the 
United Methodist Church. 

Academic Resource Center — Located on 
the third floor of the Snowden Library, it is 
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors 
during the academic year. The Center offers 
workshops, tutoring, and counseling. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the 
northwest comer of the first floor of the John G. 
Snowden Memorial Library, the gallery contains 
exhibits year-round, including shows of 
student work. 

Wendle Hall and Laboratories (1968) — 

Named after the George Wendle family, a 
College benefactor, this building contains 21 
classrooms, the psychology laboratories, four 
computer laboratories with 75 terminals 
available for use, and spacious Pennington 
Lounge, an informal meeting place for 
students and faculty. The language, business, 
mathematics and physics laboratories are 
situated on the upper floors. 



(2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 

• 



Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This 
computer lab features state-of-the-art 
Macintosh and Windows XP graphic stations 
equipped with animation, photographic 
imaging, paint and draw programs for both 
fine arts and commercial design students, 
along with desktop publishing and a number 
of other programs for general use. Most 
programs are updated annually. 

Detwiler Planetarium (1967) — Named 
after the Detwiler family, it is located in the 
lower level of the Academic Center. In 
addition to serving as an instructional tool to 
astronomy students, the planetarium has 
become a community resource, hosting close 
to 2,000 youngsters in Boy Scout, Girl Scout, 
school and church groups each year. 

Mary L. Welch Theatre (1968) — The 

204-seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the 
finest in the region. Theatre facilities include: 
the college box office, state-of-the-art lighting 
and sound systems, costume and scene shops, 
a make-up room, and an additional black-box 
performance space known as the Downstage 
Theatre. 

Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 

Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
fully equipped for both black and white and 
color photography. 

Communication Center (1987) — The focal 
point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses an editing 
room, classrooms, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper 
office. 



Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is 
one of the finest undergraduate science 
facilities in the East. The three-level structure 
totals more than 63,000 square feet and 
contains state-of-the-art biology and chemis- 
try laboratories, lecture halls, .seminar rooms, 
a science reading area and a greenhouse as 
well as classrooms and faculty offices. 

Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha B. 
Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains 
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, 
music classrooms, practice studios, an 
electronic music studio and faculty offices. 

Mary Lindsay Welch Honors Hall (2005) 
Lycoming has refurbished a 19th century 
landmark into an Honors Hall that includes a 
100-seat recital hall, offices for the United 
Campus Ministry Center and a small chapel. 

Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admis- 
sions House is the oldest building on the 
campus. It was first occupied by a Presbyte- 
rian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell- 
ings, and in 1940 became the President's 
home. John W. Long occupied it for the 
remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick 
Wertz lived in the house from 1955 until 
1965 when the College made the property at 
325 Grampian Boulevard the President's 
home. The building was then converted for 
use by the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, 
when a new Fine Arts facility was completed, 
the department was relocated and the house 
was vacant until 1987 when it was restored by 
college craftsmen to its original Federalist 
design under the supervision of Carol Baker 
"60, who kindly volunteered her services 
during the year-long reconstruction. The 
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. 
Rich family. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administrative offices, including those of the 
President. Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar. Alumni and Parent 
Programs, College Relations, Institutional 

I Advancement, Publications, and Financial 

i Aid. It includes a reception area. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 

(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni 
lounge. 

'Recreation Center (2004) — Is a two-story 
1 54,000 square foot space with four basketball 
[courts. It has a suspended indoor running 
I track, an expanded weight room, and a new 
I exercise and fitness area. 

Robert L. Shangraw Athletic Complex 

(1998) — Located at David Person Field, the 
17,700 square foot complex contains locker 
facilities for football, lacrosse, soccer, and 
Softball m addition to a fully-equipped 
athletic training room. The press box can 
accommodate radio and television coverage 
and includes a hospitality suite for guests of 
ithe president. There is bleacher sitting for 
2,000 fans. 

Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named 
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955- 
1968), it contains the Main Dining Commons, 
Jane Schultz Room, Burchfield Lounge, a 
recreation area, game rooms, Jack's Corner, 
bookstore, post office, student activities 
office. Career Development Center, Counsel- 
ing Center, and student organization offices. 



Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 



Information 
Technology Services 



Lycoming College provides at least one 
computer network access point in each 
classroom, office, and for each student on 
campus. In addition the Snowden Library and 
other key areas have wireless network access. 
Students have access to a variety of on- 
campus and worldwide resources through the 
network. 

The College maintains five public use 
computer labs, four labs populated with 
Windows-based computers, and one lab with a 
mix of Windows and Macintosh computers. 
The Windows labs utilize several popular 
software packages, such as Office 2003 
(Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 
2003), Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The 
Graphics Lab utilizes Microsoft Office, 
PageMaker, Photoshop, Quark XPress, 
Illustrator, FrontPage 2002, Macromedia 
Director and DreamWeaver. Laser printing 
and DVD/RW drives are available in all labs, 
with scanning available in the Graphics Lab. 

Lycoming College maintains a site on the 
World Wide Web where our URL is 
www.lycoming.edu. Any student who is 
enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail 
account as well as a network account with 
disk space for a personal Website and 
common files. These are backed up daily. 
Academic departments maintain home pages 
and resources under the Lycoming College 
home page(s). Many faculty post departmental 
home pages and communicate with their 
students by e-mail. 



2003-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 





Any student living in a residence hall can 
become part of the Residential Networking 
Program. ResNet. They then have direct 
access to the Lycoming network and the 
Internet. There is wireless access in the 
library and many areas throughout campus. 
Students need properly configured computers 
to give them access to e-mail and the World 
Wide Web from their rooms. 

A Linux and a Windows server provides 
access to a variety of different software 
packages to students in the Mathematical and 
Computer Sciences. — www.lycoming.edu/it 

ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a 
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus. 
To join the Residential Networking Program. 
ResNet, a student must have a computer that 
meets a minimal set of standards. A laptop 
computer with wireless is highly encouraged, 
and discounts are available through the 
College Bookstore. ResNet is part of a single 
consolidated Technology Fee of $ 1 75 per 
semester that will cover your access to 
ResNet, cable TV and the telephone basic fee. 
For full instructions you can go to 
www.lycoming.edu/it/resnet.htm. 



Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex. race, religion, financial resources, color, 
national or ethnic background. Visit us at 
www.lycoming.edu 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the 
basis of their academic preparation, talents, 
and interests, as well as the College's capacity 
to help them achieve their educational 
objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of natural 
or physical science, three years of social 
science, and two years of academic electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SATl or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, as 
well as a personal interview, may be required 
prior to the determination of admissibility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1 st of the preceding year 
through April 1st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding 
May 1 st through December 1 st. 

Applications, when complete, are re- 
viewed and evaluated on a rolling basis. 
Generally, applicants are notified in writing 
regarding the outcome of their applications 
within three weeks following the receipt of all 
required materials. 



YCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Freshman Applicants 

Freshman applicants must complete the 
Following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $35 
application fee. 

3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

\) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT. 
5) Submit two personal letters of 

recommendation. 
5) Submit a written essay. 

Fransfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
"rom students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
ipplicants must have earned a cumulative 
^rade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the post- 
econdary institution(s) attended. 

Credit will be granted only for courses 
A'hich have a grade of "C-" or higher, 
bourses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" 
vill not transfer. Lycoming College will 
ietermine which courses are appropriate for 
ransfer and is under no obligation to accept 
iny course. Lycoming College does not have 
I statute of limitations but it reserves the right 
o refuse to accept some courses for transfer in 
vhich the content is outmoded. The Registrar 
m\\ consult the academic department(s) 
nvolved. Final determination of transfer 
credit will be made by the Lycoming College 
Registrar based on official transcripts only. 
Transfer courses will be shown on the 
ycoming transcript with the symbol "T." 

Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester 
;redits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200 
evel and up to 32 semester credits at the 
^ycoming College 300 and 400 level for a 
otal of 96 credits. Students must complete the 
inal 32 credits of the degree program at 

;005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the 
major aiea must be taken at Lycoming College. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 26. 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1 ) Complete and return application with the 
$35 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each post- 
secondary school attended. Students who 
have accumulated less than 24 semester 
hours or 36 quarter hours must also submit 
high school transcripts. (Official results of 
the SATl or ACT may also be required.) 

3) Submit the Transfer Student Admission 
Report. (It will be sent to you upon 
application). 

International Applicants 

Prospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 

International applicants must complete each 
of the following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or 1 73 for computer assessment test. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College. 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 
College is U.S. $28,0()(). Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not 
included in $28,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions Com- 
mittee in reviewing your application, please 
indicate it on a separate piece of paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for 
the SATl or ACT assessment may be wiiived. 

Readmission to the College 

Students who leave the College for one or 
more semesters, including those who leave 
mid-term, must apply for readmission. To 
apply for readmission, one must: 

a. Complete the Application for Readmission 
form; 

b. Return the completed form to the Office of 
the Registrar; and 

c. If applicable, have official transcripts for 
all course work completed elsewhere sent 
to the Registrar. 

The College reserves the right to deny 
readmission to fonner students. Reasons for 
denial of readmission requests include, but are 
not limited to: lack of residence hall space, 
unresolved financial obligations, academic 
deficiencies, unresolved disciplinary action, 
charges or convictions related to criminal 
activity. 

Students will be informed in writing about 
the decision regarding readmission. To 
confirm readmission, students must send a 
non-refundable deposit of $200 to the Office of 
the Registrar. Students who intend to live in 
the residence halls must send an additional 
$100 room reservation deposit and complete 
the appropriate forms in the Office of 
Residence Life. 

Lycoming College does not have a statute 
of limitations but it reserves the right to 
refuse to accept some courses in which the 



content is outmoded. The Registrar will 
consult the academic department(s) involved. 

Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no late 
than the preceding May 1st. or by December Is 
for the following spring semester by submitting 
the appropriate deposit. New commuting 
students are required to submit a $200 Confirm 
tion Deposit. New resident students are 
required to submit the $200 Confirmation 
Deposit, as well as a $100 Room Reservation 
Deposit. Admitted international applicants are 
required to submit all applicable deposits prit 
to the issuance of the 1-20 form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st 
for the following fall semester, and Decembe 
1st for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

All new students are required to attend one o 
three summer orientation sessions with at leas 
one parent before they enroll in the fall. The 
purpose of the program is to acquaint the new 
students and their parent(s) more fully with the 
College so that they can begin their Lycoming 
experience under the most favorable circum- 
stances. Students will take placement tests, mee 
their academic advisor, and register for fall 
classes. Information on orientation is mailed 
new students after they confirm their intentioi 
to enroll. 



Withdrawal of 
Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1 ) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not provic 
by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College h] 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or 
the Lycoming College Student Handbook. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALC 




ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Admissions Office 
ocation and Hours 

Prospective students and their families are 
ncouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
onducted tour and an interview with an 
dmissions counselor, who will provide 
dditional information about the College and 
nswer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located on 
Vashington Boulevard and College Place. For 
n appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920, 
xt. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the Office 
f Admissions, Lycoming College, 
Villiamsport, PA 17701, or visit 
fww.lycoming.edu/admiss/requests/ 
cheduli2.htm 

)ffice hours are: 
Veekdays 

leptember through Apiil: 
00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 
flay through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

aturdays 

eptember through April: 

:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon 

4ay through August: appointments by 

;quest. 




Expenses for the 
Academic Year 2005-2006 

The following expenses are effective for the 
regular fall and spring semesters. The College 
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. 
The fees for each semester are payable 
approximately two weeks prior to the start of 
classes for the semester as indicated on the 
semester bill. 

Fees Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $11,840.00 $23,680.00 

Room Rent $1,678.00 $3,356.00 

Board $1,593.00 $3,186.00 

Total $15,111.00 $30,222.00 

One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Confirmation/Contingency Deposit $200 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 

Freshman Fee $200 

Part-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Each Unit Course $2,960 

Additional Charges 

Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for 

Returning Students $100 

Activity Fee per year $125 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $300 

Technology Fee (resident students) 

(per semester) $175 

Cap and Gown prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course.. $10 to $150 

Parking Permit $60/120 

Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University) $75 

Transcript Fee $4* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge additional charge 

of $67 1 per semester. 



305-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



The tuition covers the regular course load 
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester 
excluding band, choir, theater practica and all 
scholars' seminars. Any credits over 16 will 
be charged at a rate of $740 per credit. 
Resident students must board at the College 
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authoriza- 
tion is extended for other eating arrange- 
ments. If a double room is used as a single 
room, there is an additional charge of $671 
per semester. The estimated cost for books 
and supplies is up to $800 per year, depend- 
ing on the course of study. Special session 
(May Term and Summer Session) charges for 
tuition, room, and board are established 
during the fall semester. 
^$4 for first copy; $1 fi)r each additional copy 
requested at the same time. No charge for 
currently enrolled fitll-time students. No tran- 
scripts will be issued for a student or alumnus 
whose financial obligation to the college has 
not been satisfied. 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $35 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 

Confirmation/Contingency Deposit - All 

full-time students who have been notified of 
their admission to Lycoming College are 
required to make a $200 Confirmation 
Deposit to confirm their intention to matricu- 
late. The Deposit is held until Graduation or 
upon written notification submitted to the 
Registrar's office at least two weeks prior to 
the start of each semester. Any remaining 
deposit balance will be refunded after all 
financial obligations to the College have been 
satisfied. 

Resident students must remit an additional 
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. The room 
deposit is applied against the comprehensive 
fees billed for the first semester of attendance. 



Both the Confirmation and Room Reserva 
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start 
of the first semester of attendance if the 
official withdrawal date is not later than May 1. 

Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable 
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all 
current full and part-time degree-seeking 
students each spring in order to pre-register 
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/ 
or to participate in the annual room selection 
process. This deposit is applied against the 
fall semester bill. 

Partial Payments 

For the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Bursar for the monthly payment 
of College fees through various educational 
plans. Additional information may be 
obtained from the Treasurer's Office or 
Admissions Office. 

Lycoming College Withdrawal 
Refund Policy 

Students wishing to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should meet wit! 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores to ensure tha 
student financial and academic records are 
properly closed. The effective date of 
calculating refunds shall be: the date that the 
student begins the withdrawal process or 
provides official notification to the institutior 
of his or her intent to withdraw; the midpoint 
of enrollment if the student drops out withoui 
notification to the institution; or the date, as 
determined by the institution, that the student 
withdraws due to illness or accident. 

Students withdrawing will receive a 
prorated refund for tuition, fees, room and 
board, less an administrative fee of $100 and 
any unpaid charges, according to the 
following schedule: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 





Refund 


Charge 


During Week 1 


90% 


10% 


During Week 2 


80% 


20% 


During Week 3 


70% 


30% 


During Week 4 


60% 


40% 


During Week 5 


50% 


50% 


During Week 6 


40% 


60% 


After 6th Week 


0% 


100% 



Please note that there is no refund after 
the sixth week of the semester. For 
Freshmen, the refund period will be extended 
into the week that early assessment grades 
are distributed to students and parents. 

Comparative schedules apply to the May 
and Summer terms. 

The calculated refund will be reduced by 
any unpaid charges. Any balance remaining 
will be billed to the student. Unpaid student 
account balances will be charged interest at 
the rate of 1 % per month on the month end 
balance until the account is paid in full. 
Should legal collection become necessary, aU 
costs of collection will be added to the 
balance due. 

Lycoming College's institutional refund 
policy is distinct and different from the 
Federal Return of Title IV Funds policy. The 
adjustment of institutional financial aid will 
follow the Withdrawal Refund Policy stated 
above. The College is required to perform a 
Return of Title IV Funds calculation for all 
federal financial aid recipients who withdraw 
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on 
or before the 60% attendance point of the 
semester. Students who are subject to the 
return of any Title IV funds may result in a 
balance due to the College, Federal 
Government or both. See Federal Return of 
Title IV Funds Policy for further explanation 
on the return of federal funds. 

Students who drop individual course(s) 
during the add/drop period will receive 100% 
adjustment to tuition and fees. Students who 
drop individual courses(s) after the add/drop 
period will not receive any adjustment to 
tuition and fees. 

2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Federal Return of Title IV 
Funds Policy 

The 1998 Reauthorization of the Higher 
Education Act requires the college to calcu- 
late a Return of Title IV Funds on all federal 
financial aid recipients who withdraw 
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on 
or before the 60% attendance point of the 
semester. A prorata schedule is used to 
determine the percentage of the semester the 
student attended based on the withdrawal 
date/last date of attendance. 

The student's withdrawal date is the date 
the student began the withdrawal process; the 
date the student otherwise provided the 
school with official notification of the intent 
to withdraw; or for the student who does not 
begin the school's withdrawal process or 
notify the school of intent to withdraw, the 
mid-point of the payment period of enroll- 
ment for which the Title IV assistance was 
disbursed (unless the institution can docu- 
ment a later date). 

The percentage of the semester the student 
attended is calculated as follows: 

Number of days in attendance 

Number of days in semester 

The number of days counted includes all 
calendar days in the semester including 
weekends and holidays, but excludes college 
breaks of five or more days. 

The percentage of the semester the student 
attended is used to calculate the amount of the 
student's earned versus unearned federal aid 
funds. The unearned portion of federal aid 
funds must be returned to the appropriate aid 
program in accordance with the Order of 
Return as mandated by law. The Order of 
Return is: Federal Unsubsidized Loan, 
Federal Subsidized Loan, Perkins Loan, 
Federal PLUS Loan, Federal Pell Grant, 
Federal SEOG Grant, Other Title IV Aid. 

The college is responsible for returning the 
lesser of Unearned Title IV Aid or Unearned 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



Institutional Charges. Unearned Institutional 
Charges are based on the determined percent- 
age of the semester the student did not attend. 
The College is responsible for its return of 
funds first, followed by the student's return of 
funds. 

The student is responsible for returning: 

Amount of Unearned Title IV Aid 
- Amount of Aid School Returns 

Amount Student Returns 

The College must return its portion of 
Unearned Title IV aid (loan and grant) to the 
appropriate federal program within 30 days 
from the student's withdrawal date as deter- 
mined by the Office of Financial Aid. If the 
amount the student returns includes a federal 
loan, the student is responsible for repayment 
of the loan in accordance with the terms of the 
loan program. If the amount the student 
returns includes grant aid. the student must 
repay 50% of the grant money received, rather 
than 100%. 

The student must return unearned grant aid 
to the college within 45 days from the date of 
notification. Failure by the student to return 
or make arrangements to return unearned 
grant aid to the College within 45 days will 
result in the student being reported to the U.S. 
Department of Education (USDOE). The 
student will be considered in an Overpayment 
Status, and will not be eligible for additional 
aid at any post-secondary institution partici- 
pating in Title IV Aid programs. Students 
who are reported to USDOE in an Overpay- 
ment Status should contact the USDOE to 
make payment arrangements to repay the 
necessary grant funds. 

Examples of Federal Title IV Return of 
Funds calculation are available in the Office 
of Financial Aid. Students who stop attend- 
ing Lycoming College may not receive further 
financial aid disbursements, may lose some or 
all of the aid that has already been disbursed 
to their account, may be responsible for 



repayment of unpaid charges, and may be 
considered in Overpayment status with 
USDOE. 

Students who wish to rescind their official 
withdrawal submitted to the college must do 
so within one week of the original withdrawal 
and notification must be provided in writing 
to the Office of Financial Aid. 

Students who stop attending all classes 
without officially withdrawing from the 
college will be subject to a Return of Funds 
calculation at the end of the semester, based 
on their last date of attendance as determined 
by the Office of Financial Aid. 

State Grant prograins have varying 
regulations concerning refunds, but most will 
require at least a partial refund of the State 
Grant. If the student has received a Lycoming 
Grant, a portion of the student's refund also 
will be repaid to the Lycoming Grant pro- 
gram. This will reduce, or in many cases 
eliiTiinate, the amount of the refund the 
student otherwise would receive. 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Students will not be registered for courses 
in a new semester if their accounts for 
previous attendance have not been settled. 
Diplomas, transcripts, and certifications of 
withdrawals in good standing are issued only 
when a satisfactory settlement of all financial 
obligations has been made in the Treasurer's 
Office. Final grades may also be held in 
some cases. Unpaid student accounts will be 
charged interest at the rate of 1% per month 
on the month-end balance until accounts are 
paid in full. Should legal collection become 
necessary, all costs of collection will be 
added to the balance due. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. 
While some assistance is available to students 
regardless of need (merit scholarships), the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



)rimary purpose of the College's financial aid 
)rogram is to help qualified students of 
imited financial resources attend Lycoming 
College. Scholarships may be awarded on the 
)asis of merit and/or need, while grants are 
)rovided solely on the basis of financial need, 
.ong-term educational loans with favorable 
nterest rates and repayment terms are 
ivailable, as are part-time employment 
)pportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
ipplications after January 1st, as appropriate 
ncome information becomes available, but by 
vlarch 1 . Although applications may be filed 
ater, applicants can only receive consider- 
ation for remaining available funds. 

To be considered for financial aid, 
tudents and families must complete the 
following steps for each year the student seeks 
[ssistance: 

Fully complete and submit the Lycoming 
Financial Aid Application (LFAA). 
Return the completed application to the 
Financial Aid Office. 

. Fully complete and submit the Free 
Application For Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA). Returning students should 
submit the Renewal FAFSA. 
The College may request signed and dated 
copies of student and parentis ) Federal 
income tax returns (1040, 1040 A, 1040EZ, 
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 forms, 
be sent to the Financial Aid Office. The 
tax returns required are for the year 

1 preceding the academic year in which the 

i student seeks assistance. 
PA residents can apply for state grant 
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- 
_ PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state to see if 
additional forms must be filed. 
Basic eligibility requirements for all 
deral programs are available from the 
ppartment of Education at 
ww.studentaid.ed.gov. Students are 

lCi)5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



responsible for understanding the basic 
eligibility requirements. 

Enrollment Status for Financial 
Aid Eligibility 

Financial aid eligibility is substantially 
reduced for students who are charged less 
than full-time tuition. Credit is earned for 
some courses which are offered at no charge, 
including choir, band, theatre practica and all 
scholar seminars. Therefore, these credits 
would not be counted in the full-time tuition 
calculation. For financial aid purposes, a full- 
time student is enrolled in 12-16 billable 
semester hours. A student's financial aid 
eligibility is finalized after the end of the 
college's published add/drop period. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

To remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time 
study, they may still be eligible for federal 
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
continue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumula- 
tive GPA (see Academic Levels and Aca- 
demic Standing sections on page 30). A 
student who is granted an academic appeal 
may continue to receive financial assistance 
only if the student meets the minimum 
qualitative (GPA) and quantitative (credits 
completed) requirements listed below. 

I LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 






End of Sem. 


Min 


C urn. GPA 


Min. Cr. Comp 


1 




1.85 


12 


2 




1.95 


24 


3 




2.00 


36 


4 




2.00 


48 


5 




2.00 


61 


6 




2.00 


74 


7 




2.00 


88 


8 




2.00 


102 


9 




2.00 


115 


10 




2.00 


128 



Treatment of W, I, X, P & F Grades 
and Repeated Coursework 

1 . Course withdrawals (W) after the drop/add 
period are not included in the GPA 
calculation, but are considered a non- 
completion of attempted coursework. 

2. Incomplete (I) grades are not included in 
the GPA calculation but are considered a 
non-completion of attempted coursework 
until the incomplete grade is replaced with 
a permanent grade and academic progress 
can be reevaluated. 

3. An audit (X) grade is not considered 
attempted coursework. It is not included 
in the GPA calculation or completion rate 
determination. 

4. A satisfactory (P) grade is treated as 
attempted credits earned, but it is not 
included in the GPA calculation unless the 
student has designated a minimum 
acceptance letter grade. 

5. A failing grade (F) is treated as attempted 
credits not earned, it will be included in 
the calculation of the GPA and the 
minimum completion rate. 

6. The most recent course grade for a 
repeated course will be included in the 
calculation of the GPA and every repeated 



attempt will be included in the completion 
rate determination. 

Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who 
fail to meet the minimum cumulative GPA 
requirement will be placed on financial aid 
probation. This allows one additional 
semester of course work to bring the aca- 
demic record up to minimum standards. 
Failure to meet the stated minimum after the 
probation period will result in a suspension of 
all (federal, state, and institutional) financial 
aid until the standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is 
measured annually and cumulatively by the 
Financial Aid Office. Official notification of 
probation or suspension is made by the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Reinstatement of Aid After 
Financial Aid Suspension 

Reinstatement of financial aid after a 
student is placed on Suspension is achieved 
as follows: 

1 . The student submits a written letter of 
appeal in accordance with the appeals 
process and the Financial Aid Appeals 
Committee grants the appeal. The student 
is placed on Financial Aid Probation for 
the semester rather than on Suspension; or 

2. The student attends Lycoming College 
during the Suspension semester, pays for 
tuition and fees without the help of student 
aid, and does well enough in the course- 
work to satisfy all the satisfactory 
academic progress standards. The student 
must notify the Financial Aid Office if 
they are planning on attending Lycoming 
College without the assistance of financial 
aid; or 

3. The student may attend summer school to 
eliminate the deficiency in credits and/or 
GPA. The student must notify the Finan- 
cial Aid Office if they are planning on 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOd 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



taking classes during the summer to 
eliminate the deficiency. Students cannot 
take classes at another institution to 
resolve a GPA deficiency. Classes must be 
taken at Lycoming College. 

Students who have been placed on 
Suspension cannot skip a semester and regain 
eligibility. No financial aid will be disbursed 
during subsequent semesters for students on 
Suspension. If the student fails to attain the 
minimum standards after the second semester 
of probation, eligibility for financial assis- 
tance will be cancelled automatically. 

Appeal Process 

Appeals of Financial Aid Suspension must 
be made in writing to the Director of Finan- 
ial Aid by the date specified in the Suspen- 
sion notification letter. The Financial Aid 
Appeals Committee will review the appeal 
and notify the student in writing within 5 
*vorking days of their decision. All decisions 
Tiade by the Financial Aid Appeals Commit- 
ee are final and not subject to further review. 

The appeal letter must address the extenu- 
iting circumstance(s) why satisfactory 
icademic progress was not made, why the 
xtenuating circumstance(s) has changed, as 
veil as an outlined plan for future academic 
iuccess. Extenuating circumstances can 
nclude, but are not limited to, illness or 
fijury; death of a family member; family 
lifficulties; interpersonal problems with 
friends, roommate, significant others; 
lifficulty balancing work, athletics, family 
esponsibility; or financial difficulties. 

Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for 
etermining eligibility for financial assistance 
nd has absolutely no bearing on any determi- 
ation made by the Registrar and/or the 
!!ommittee on Academic Standards. 



College Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
awarded to eligible students who are full-time 
and degree-seeking. Students already possess- 
ing a bachelor's degree are ineligible for 
scholarships, grants and institutional loans. 

Lycoming Grants may be awarded to 
students to help meet their documented 
financial need. Renewal requires continued 
financial need as determined by Federal 
Methodology and/or the financial aid director. 
Students should expect the Grant award to 
remain constant for each semester they are 
enrolled. 

Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of 
tuition for all others. Students meeting the 
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming 
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 

25% tuition are awarded to students preparing 
for the Christian ministry. Students must 
complete a pre-ministerial grant application 
available through the financial aid office. 
Students meeting the criteria for this grant and 
any other Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be 
awarded the scholarship(s)/grant that provides 
the highest dollar amount; both will not be 
awarded. 



)05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL WAITERS 

• 




Federal Grants 

Pell Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal formula. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 

Grants may be awarded to students with 
exceptional financial need. Priority must be 
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are 
provided by the federal government. Funds 

are limited. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. 
Non-PA residents should contact the State 
Grant Agency in their home state for avail- 
ability of funds to students attending out-of- 
state colleges. 

Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a 
maximum of $2,625 annually. Eligible 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Sophomores may borrow up to a maximum of 
$3,500 annually. Eligible juniors and seniors 
may borrow up to a maximum of $5,500 
annually. The federal government pays the 
interest while the student is enrolled on at 
least a half-time basis. The student begins to 
repay the loan (interest and principal) 6 
months after leaving school. The interest rate 
for new borrowers is variable based on the 91- 
DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%, capped at 8.25%. 
The rate is adjusted every July 1. Eligibility is 
based on financial need. 

Federal Unsubsidized Staffortl/Keystone 
Loan provides an opportunity for students to 
borrow under the Stafford Program who do 
not qualify for the maximum amount of 
subsidized Stafford loan. Maximum grade 
level amount minus subsidized eligibility 
equals unsubsidized eligibility. Interest must 
be paid by the borrower on a quarterly basis 
while enrolled (check with your lender to see 
if interest payments may be deferred). Other 
aspects of the loan are similar to those under 
the Subsidized program. Independent students 
may be eligible for higher loan limits; contact 
the Financial Aid Office for more information. 

Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum 
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a 
period beginning nine months after the date on 
which the borrower cea.ses to be enrolled at 
least half-time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The amount 
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to 
the cost of education for one year minus any 
financial aid the student is eligible for in that 
year. The interest rate is variable but is capped 
at 9%. The interest rate is determined every 
July 1 and is equal to the bond equivalent rate 
of 5 2- week T-Bill plus 3.1 7p. 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program 
Awards provide work opportunities on 
campus for qualified students. Students 
receive pay-checks for work performed in the 
previous pay period. Based on documented 
need and awarded by the Financial Aid Office. 
Funding is limited. The student assumes full 
responsibility in locating a job. Returning 
students who wish to work the following year 
must have their name submitted to the 
Financial Aid Office by their supervisor 
before the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
work-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
students can get additional information in the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Lycoming Campus Employment Program 

is similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
students are paid with institutional funds only 
and is not based on financial need. A limited 
number of jobs are available. Funding is 
limited. 

Other Job Opportunities are frequently 
available with local business firms or persons. 
Contact the Career Development Office of 
the College for information on these 
ppportunities. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

available for qualified veterans and children 
3f deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the 
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Office for more information. 

Tuition Exchange Grants may be available, 
.ycoming College is a member of the Tuition 
Exchange Program. This program is for 

lependent students of employees at participat- 



ing institutions of higher education. Students 
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at 
their sponsor institution for information 
regarding this sponsorship. Students are 
expected to apply for all federal and state 
grants. If the student receives a federal or 
state grant, those amounts may be applied 
toward room and board charges if the student 
resides in the dorms. If the student commutes, 
the grant amount is equal to tuition less 
federal and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking appli- 
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or 
better, are active in Christian activities, and 
who are active, full members of a United 
Methodist church. Demonstrated financial 
need is also required. Normally, seven $500 
scholarships are awarded each year. Annual 
application is required. Recipients are 
selected by the Director of Financial Aid and 
will be awarded to the neediest students. The 
funds are provided by the United Methodist 
Church. Applications are available in the 
Financial Aid Office. Renewal requires a 
cumulative GPA of at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500 
subject to the availability of the funds. 
Contact The Board of Higher Education and 
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 
for more information. 

Non-college Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resources. 



1005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 



-♦! 




Student Affairs 



The Division of Student Affairs coordi- 
nates a variety of programs, services, and 
activities designed to enhance students' 
personal, social, and educational growth and 
development. This is accomplished through 
a variety of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Campus Ministry 

• Campus Recreation 

• Career Development Center 

• Community Service 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling Services 

• Greek Life 

• Health Services 

• International Student Advising 

• Judicial Affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student Activities and Leadership 
Development 

The Student Affairs staff view students as 
partners in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will share 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Campus Ministry 

The United Campus Ministry, located in 
Honors Hall, is staffed by a Protestant 
minister and a Roman Catholic lay minister, 
provides a wide range of activities in support 
of the spiritual development and reUgious life 
of students. Ecumenical and inclusive in 



nature. Campus Ministry at Lycoming 
provides worship services, service projects, 
social occasions, retreats, and study opportuni- 
ties. The campus ministers are an integral part 
of campus life and are available to students 
who may need support, or spiritual direction. 

Campus Recreation 

The Campus Recreation Department 
provides opportunities for students, faculty and 
staff to enjoy a recreational sports atmosphere. 
The new 54,000 square foot Recreation Center 
houses a suspended indoor track overlooking 4 
large court areas for basketball, volleyball and 
tennis. The center also includes a weight 
room and cardiovascular area, both with state 
of the art equipment. The swimming pool is 
accessible at different times throughout the 
week for open swim. The Intramural program 
is also available to students, faculty and staff and 
offers several different team sports including: 
flag football, basketball, volleyball, wiffleball 
and indoor soccer. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help individu- 
als make effective career decisions beginning 
with identifying their skills, interests, person- 
ality, and career related values. For individu- 
als unsure of what to major in, resources and 
support are available to research and assess 
their options and determine what they may 
wish to do after graduation. For individuals 
sure of their major but not sure what to do 
after they graduate, in addition to one-on-one 
counseling, a variety of resources are also 
available including books, online materials, 
alumni and other contacts to help them learn 
more about the world of work. 

The Career Development Center teaches 
individuals how they can learn about different 
career fields and present themselves to 
potential employers in a positive and effective 
manner. Helping individuals make appropri- 
ate and meaningful connections between 
college and career is a goal of the Career 
Development Center. The CDC is located on 
the 3'^' Floor of Wertz Student Center. 
www.lycoming.edu/cdc 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Community Service 

Community Service is a learning opportu- 
nity for students accomplished in conjunction 
with various agencies in the WilHamsport 
area and college departments. This activity 
allows students to expand their knowledge 
about diverse individuals and communities. 
The outcome of such service promotes 
students' personal and social development as 
well as giving them an enhanced perspective 
of civic responsibility and social justice. 

The Community Service Center located in 
Honors Hall coordinates many service 
opportunities available to students, faculty, 
and staff in the greater Williamsport area. A 
[number of the community service projects 
[include Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for 
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school 
tutoring program. Best Buddies, Adopt-A- 
Highway, Bloodmobile, Shepherd of the 
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger. 

Counseling Services 

Students experience developmental and 
psychological growth as well as difficult 
situations during their college years. Coun- 
seling Services strives to meet students' 
psychological and developmental needs. 
Professional counselors provide individual 
and group counseling, crisis intervention, 
consultation with students, faculty and staff, 
and outreach programming on psychological, 
mental health, and substance abuse issues. 
All services are strictly confidential and free 
pf charge to all Lycoming College students. 

ounseling Services also provides referrals to 
irea mental health providers for those 
students who wish to meet with someone 
3utside the College or whose needs cannot be 
net by the College. 

Health Services 

Lycoming College Health Services 
ocuses on the holistic care of the individual, 
lealth maintenance, and wellness through 
lealth education and prevention of illness, 
educational materials and instructional 
urograms are available through the Student 
^ealth Services. 



Routine medical care is provided without 
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday 
8:30 a.m. -4:00 p.m. during the fall and spring 
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time 
registered nurse with a physician available on 
a limited daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the 
recommendations of the American College 
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylva- 
nia Department of Health, and the Centers 
for Disease Control (CDC). 

Residence Life 

As a residential college, Lycoming offers 
students the opportunity to integrate academic 
and residential experiences. The Residence 
Life Office is committed to providing a 
living/learning environment to help each 
resident grow as a person and as a student. 
Lycoming College requires all full-time 
students to live in college housing and 
participate in the college board plan each 
semester of the academic year that they are 
enrolled. Married students, students residing 
with their parents within a 40 mile radius, 
students living with their dependents, and 
students 23 years or older may request to be 
exempted from this policy. Such requests 
should be submitted in writing to the Dean of 
Student Affairs at least three weeks prior to 
the beginning of the semester that students are 
requesting permission to live off campus. We 
do not provide housing for students who have 
dependent children living with them. 

Residence halls put students at the heart of 
College activity — offering greater opportuni- 
ties for participation. Through programs, 
leadership opportunities, and peer interac- 
tions, residents gain a sense of belonging to 
the campus community, acquire new knowl- 
edge and skills, have easy access to College 
services, make informed choices, and assume 
responsibility for themselves and their 
community. 

The residence halls are staffed with 
upperclass students who serve as Resident 
Advisors (RAs) selected on the basis of 
leadership skills. RAs provide information, 
refer students to campus and local resources, 
help enforce College and community stan- 



1005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 



dards. use helping skills for students in need, 
and facilitate educational and social pro- 
grams. Most importantly. RAs assist resi- 
dents in the development and maintenance of 
strong, positive residence hall communities. 
With the guidance and support of Residence 
Life staff, each resident is expected to become 
involved in promoting a positive learning 
environment in his or her community. 
Several different living options are 
available for students in our eight residence 
halls. Freshmen are housed together in a co- 
educational environment encouraging 
students to develop class identity and unity. 
The six upperclass halls offer opportunities 
for co-educational housing, an all female hall, 
fraternity and sorority chapter housing, a 
substance free area, and smoking environ- 
ments. College Apartments are available to 
sophomores, juniors and seniors who meet 
specific grade requirements and who are in 
good disciplinary standing with the College. 
Additional information is sent to students 
following their acceptance by the College. 

Safety and Security 

The Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty- 
four hour a day telephone extensions are used 
to handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran- 
sportation, emergency maintenance referral, 
an escort service, guest and parking registra- 
tion, and the dissemination of telephone 
numbers and general information to the public 
when the College switchboard is closed. 



Student Programs 

The Office of Student Programs and 
Leadership Development promotes the 
personal growth and intellectual development 
of students through co-curricular programs. 
Just as the classroom experience provides a 
forum for new thoughts, ideas, and opinions, 
so does co-curricular programming. The 
office collaborates with students, faculty, and 
staff to foster innovative programs, encourage 
student learning, and prepare students for life , 
beyond the College. This is accomplished in 
the context of supplementing the educational 
mission of the College. Through the efforts 
of the student administered Campus Activi- 
ties Board (CAB), co-curricular programming 
is offered to the entire college community and I 
is designed to enhance the overall educational 
experience of students through the exposure 
to social, cultural and recreational program. 
Professionals on staff in Student Programs 
plan and implement leadership development 
training programs for the student government, 
the Interfraternity and Panhellenic Councils 
and all registered student organizations. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of 
its students. Respect for the rights of others 
and self-discipline are essential to the 
fulfillment of these goals. Students are 
expected to adhere to the policies contained 
in the Student Handbook and other College 
publications. These policies, rules and 
regulations are part of the contractual agree- 
ment students enter into when they register at 
Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the Student 
Handbook and Housing License in order to 
familiarize themselves with the policies 
governing student conduct. 



YCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




ATHLETICS • ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Athletics 



Athletics is an important part of the 
ycoming experience. As a member of the 
>JCAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen 
ntercollegiate sports for both men and 
vomen student-athletes. 

Men can choose from football, soccer, 
ross country, wrestling, golf, basketball, 
acrosse, swimming, tennis, and track and 
"ield. Women can compete in soccer, cross 
fountry, lacrosse, volleyball, basketball, 
wimming, softball, tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
^.tlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
ithletic conference. As a Division III school, 
ycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very 
ctive intramural and recreation program that 
s open to all students. This program in- 
ludes, among others, basketball, water polo, 
olleyball, flag football, and indoor soccer. 

(: 005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



academic policies 
And Regulations 



Students are expected to familiarize 
themselves with the academic policies con- 
tained in this Catalog. Failure to do so does 
not excuse students from the require- 
ments and regulations described herein. 

THE UNIT COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is 
organized, with few exceptions, on a depart- 
mental basis. Most courses are unit courses, 
meaning that each course taken is considered 
to be equivalent to four semester hours of 
credit. Exceptions occur in applied music and 
theatre practicum courses, which are offered 
for either one-half or one semester hour of 
credit; in departments that have elected to 
offer certain courses for the equivalent of one, 
two or three semester hours of credit; and in 
physical activities courses which are zero 
credits. Furthermore, independent studies and 
internships carrying two semester hours of 
credit may be designed. 

The normal student course load is four unit 
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and 
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend 
the special sessions may enroll in one unit 
course (four semester hours) during the May 
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight 
semester hours) in each of the summer terms. 
A student is considered full time when 
enrolled for a minimum of three unit courses, 
or the equivalent, during the fall or spring 
semesters, one unit course, or the equivalent, 
for the May term, and two unit courses for 
each of the summer terms. 

Students may enroll in five unit courses 
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring 
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or 
were admitted to the Dean's List at the end of 
the previous semester. Exceptions may be 
granted by the Dean of the College. There 
will be an additional charge, see page 13. 



a 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Overloads are not permitted during the May 
and summer terms. 

ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT SOURCES 

Transfer Credit 

Matriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair 
of the department in which the credit will be 
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar. 
Course work counting toward a major or minor 
must also be approved in advance by the chair- 
person of the department in which the major or 
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, 
the credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and '¥" 
grades will be transferred as well as all other 
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer. 
Final determination of transfer credit will be 
made by the Registrar based on official 
transcripts only. 

Lycoming College does not have a statute 
of limitations but it reserves the right to 
refuse to accept some courses for transfer in 
which the content is outmoded. The Registrar 
will consult the academic department(s) 
involved. 

Students are expected to complete their last 
eight unit courses (32 semester hours) and 16 
semester hours in their major at Lycoming. 
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be 
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards. 

Credit By Examination 

Students may earn credit or advanced 
placement through the standardized examina- 
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent 
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure- 
ate degree may be earned through these exam- 
inations. The appropriate academic depart- 
ment will determine which tests they will 
accept and the course equivalencies. A list of 
approved examinations is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. Although these 



examinations may be taken after matricula- 
tion, new students who are competent in a 
given area are encouraged to take the exami- 
nation of their choice before entering 
Lycoming so that the college will have the 
test scores available for registration advising 
for the first semester of enrollment. Students 
applying to the college for the first time 
should inform the Admissions Office that j 
they have completed these tests and provide * 
the official scores as part of their application 
packet. Continuing students must send 
official test scores to the Office of the 
Registrar and inform their academic advisors 
when examinations have been taken. 

The College Entrance Examination Board 
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - In most 
cases, a score of four is required for credit. 

The International Baccalaureate - Students 
who have completed the full diploma and have 
scores of five or above on all of the higher 
level examinations will be granted 32 credit 
hours; specific courses will be based on the 
examinations taken. Students who complete 
the full diploma but earn less than a score of 
five on all of the higher level examinations 
will be granted eight credits for each higher 
level examination completed with a grade of 
five or higher and four credits for a satisfac- 
tory or higher completion of the Theory of 
Knowledge requirement. Students who have 
completed the certificate will be granted 
credit based on the examinations taken. 
Standard level examinations will not be 
considered. 

The American College Testing Proficiency 
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A 

score equivalent to a grade of "B" or above 
is required. 

College Level Examination Program 

(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of 
"B" or above is required. 

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional 
Education Support (DANTES) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is 
required. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



STUDENT RECORDS 

The policy regarding student educational 
ecords is designed to protect the privacy of 
tudents against unwarranted intrusions and is 
onsistent with Section 43B of the General 
education Provision Act (commonly known as 
he Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
if 1974, as amended). The details of the College 
lolicy on student records and the procedures 
3r gaining access to student records are 
iontained in the current issue of the Student 
iandbook which is available in the library, 
nline, and in the Office of the Dean of 
itudent Affairs. 

REGISTRATION 

During the registration period, students 
lect their courses for the next semester and 
agister their course selections in the Office of 
le Registrar. Course selection is made in 
onsultation with the student's faculty advisor 
1 order to insure that the course schedule is 
onsistent with College requirements and 
tudent goals. After the registration period, 
ny change in the student's course schedule 
lust be approved by both the faculty advisor 
nd Office of the Registrar. Students may not 
iceive credit for courses in which they are not 
3rmally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, students 
lay drop any course without any record of 
uch enrollment appearing on their permanent 
f;cord, and they may add any course that is 
bt closed. The permanent record will reflect 
lie student's registration as of the conclusion 
f the drop/add period. Students wishing to 
/ithdraw from a course between the fifth day 
nd the 9th week of classes must process a 
Durse withdrawal form in the Office of the 
egistrar. Withdrawal grades are not com- 
luted in the grade point average. Students may 
ot withdraw from courses after the 9th week 
f a semester and the comparable period during 
le May and summer terms. Students who 
op attending a course (or courses) but do not 
'ithdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F." 

105-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



In zero semester hour and two semester hour 
( 1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last 
half of any semester, students may drop/add for 
a period of five days, effective with the mid- 
term date shown on the academic calendar. 
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester 
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur 
within 4-1/2 weeks of the beginning of the 
course. It is understood that the period of time 
at the beginning of the semester will be 
identical, for example, a period of five days as 
indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at the Pennsylvania College of 
Technology while remaining enrolled in 
courses at Lycoming. 

Students must be enrolled full-time in a 
degree program and have earned no more than 
93 semester hours. Cross registration is 
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters, 
and Summer I and II. It is not available for 
May Term. 

NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Students who do not wish to pursue a degree 
at Lycoming College may, if space permits, 
register for credit or audit courses on either a 
part-time or full-time basis. Students who 
register for less than 12 semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled part-time; students 
who register for 1 2 or more semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled full-time and must 
pay the $200 contingency fee. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application form in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application 
fee. and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four unit courses (16 semester 
hours), the student must either matriculate or 
obtain permission from the Dean of the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



College to continue study on a non-degree 
basis. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 
stated in the College Catalog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register for individuals 
v^ho do not meet the standards of the College. 

Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must apply for 
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all 
conditions for admission and registration in 
effect at that time. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycom- 
ing at one-fourth tuition per course. Members 
of the Lycoming College Scholar Program 
may audit a fifth unit course per semester at 
no additional charge. Laboratory and other 
special fees must be paid in full. Examina- 
tions, papers, and other evaluation devices are 
not required of auditors, but individual 
arrangements may be made to complete such 
exercises with consent of the instructor. The 
option to audit a course must be declared by 
the end of the drop/add period. Forms are 
available in the Registrar's Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individual 
instructors have the prerogative of establishing 
reasonable absence regulations in any course. 
The student is responsible for learning and 
observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw from 
the College during the semester should contact 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College 
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure 



that the student's financial and academic 
records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue stud> 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 
with written notification of such plans in orde 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
See page 14 for details. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

The evaluation of student performance in 
courses is indicated by the use of traditional 
letter symbols. These symbols and their 
definitions are as follows: 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- 
ment through mastery of content or skills and 
demonstration of creative and independent 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence ir 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course srade will count toward the GPA 



1 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



20()5-()6 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



PASSING WORK, NO GRADE 
lSSIGNED — Converted from traditional 
dfrade of A through D-. 

AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
o credit is earned. 

WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal 
om the course from the sixth day through 
le ninth week of the semester. Students may 
ot exceed 24 
jmester hours of 
nsuccessful 
Durse attempts 
^rade of F and 
/) except in the 
ase of with- 
rawal for 
ocumented 
ledical or 

ychological 
;asons. 

Pluses and 
linuses may be 
ivarded (except 
)r A+, F+, or 
-) at the 

iscretion of the instructor. The cumulative 
rade point average (GPA) is calculated by 
lultiplying quality points by credits and 
ividing the total quality points by the total 
"edits. A quality point is the unit of mea- 
irement of the quality of work done by the 
udent. The cumulative GPA is not deter- 
lined by averaging semester GPA's. 

The grade point average for the major and 
iinor is calculated in the same way as the 
amulative grade point average. A minimum 
f 2.00 is required for the cumulative grade 
oint average in the major and minor to meet 
le requirements for graduation. 

ass/Fail 

Use of the pass/fail grading option is 
mited as follows: 

Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one unit course per semester 
and in no more than four unit courses 
during their undergraduate careers. 
P/F courses completed after declaration of 
a major may not be used to satisfy a 





Quality Points 




Earned for Each 


Grade 


Semester Hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



requirement of that major, including courses 
required by the major department which 
are offered by other departments. 
(Instructor-designated courses are excepted 
from this limitation.) 

• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 

• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a 
P/F basis. 

• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate a 
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the 
grade point average. If a student selects P/F 
(with no designated minimum acceptance 
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will 
be recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this 
grade will be recorded in the permanent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadline. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be removed 
within six weeks of the next regular semester, 
otherwise the incomplete is converted to an "F." 



0( 105-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Repetition of Course 

Students shall have the option of repeating 
courses for which they already have received a 
passing grade in addition to those which they 
have failed. Recording of grades for all 
repeated courses shall be governed by the 
following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

Final Course Grade 
Appeal Process 

Assigning final course grades is a responsi- 
bility that falls within the professional judgment 
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades 
assess as accurately as possible a student's 
performance according to clear criteria 
provided in the course such as academic 
performance, class attendance, and punctual- 
ity in submitting assignments. Student 
appeals of the final course grade must follow 
the three-step procedure outlined below. 

( 1 ) Within two weeks of the beginning of the 
semester following the conclusion of the 
course, the student should request an 
informal conference with the instructor to 
discuss the grade and attempt to resolve 
the concern. 

(2) If the outcome of the informal conference 
is not satisfactory to the student, or the 
instructor is not available, the student may 
submit a written request to meet with the 
department chairperson (or another faculty 
member in the department in instances 
involving the chairperson) within two 
weeks of meeting with the instructor. The 
student's request must include a written 
statement outlining the basis for the 
appeal. It is the function of the chairperson 
to determine the relevant facts and to 
attempt to resolve the disagreement. The 
decision regarding the course grade in 
question will be made by the instnictor in 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



consultation with the chairperson (or his/ 
her stand-in). The student will receive 
from the department chairperson written 
notification of the decision within one 
week of the meeting with the chairperson. 
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step 
two, the student or the instructor may 
make a written appeal to the Dean of the 
College within two weeks of the depart- 
ment chairperson's written notification. In 
order to resolve the disagreement, the 
Dean will confer with the student and the 
instructor in private sessions, and may call 
additional witnesses. If the Dean is unable 
to accomplish a resolution, she/he will 
forward the case to the Committee on 
Academic Standards, which will make a 
final decision on the matter. The Dean wil 
communicate in writing to the student and 
the instructor the final decision within 
three weeks of receiving the appeal. This i 
the final step in the appeal process. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

The following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candidates 
See page 1 7 for related Financial Aid informa 
tion. 

Year Semester Number of Semester 
Hours Earned 

Freshman 1 Fewer than 1 2 

2 At least 12 but fewer than 24 

Sophomore 1 At least 24 but fewer than 40 

2 At least 40 but fewer than 56 

Junior 1 At least 56 but fewer than 76 

2 At least 76 but fewer than 96 

Senior 1 At least 96 but fewer than i 1 

2 More than 1 1 2 

ACADEMIC STANDING 

Good Academic Standing 

Students will be considered in good academic 
standing if they meet the following standard: 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



eniester Hours Completed 

ewer than or equal to 16 

lore than 1 6. fewer than or equal to 32 

[lore than 32 



Minimum 
Cumulative GPA 

1.85 



1.95 
2.00 



robation 

Students who do not meet the standards for 
ood academic standing and/or who have 
arned two or more failing grades at the end of 
ny given semester, will be placed on aca- 
emic probation for the next semester. 

Students on academic probation are required 
3 pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, if 
ley have not already done so and are encour- 
ged to attend programs developed by the 
reshman and Sophomore deans. 

mspension 

Students are eligible for suspension from 
le College when: 

their cumulative grade point average is 

below good standing for any two 

semesters, or 

they earn a grade point average of 1 .50 

or under in any one semester. 
The period of suspension will be for a mini- 
lum of one full semester, not including May 
rm or the summer sessions. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after suspension will 
be on academic probation. 

• Students readmitted after suspension who 
fail to meet the required standards may be 
dismissed. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

)isinissal 

Students will be subject to dismissal from 
le College when: 

they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc- 
cessful course attempts (grades of F and 



W) except in the case of withdrawal for 
documented medical or psychological 
reasons, or 

• they cannot reasonably complete all 
requirements for a degree. 

The standard length of dismissal will be for a 
period of two years. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after dismissal will be 
on academic probation. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses 
not receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

Probation, suspension, and dismissal become 
effective at the end of the semester in which 
the student fails to meet the academic stan- 
dards listed above. The student will be 
notified of such action via U.S. mail. Receipt 
of such notice is not a prerequisite to the 
student's being placed on probation, suspen- 
sion, or dismissal. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

The integrity of the academic process of 
the College requires honesty in all phases 
of the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 
fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for 
the adjudication of cases of academic dishon- 
esty are printed in The Student Handbook. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 
Dean's List 

Students are admitted to the Dean's List at 
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they 
meet all of the following conditions: 

• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the 
semester 

• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50 
for the semester 



o(p- 



06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• do not incur grades of F 

• do not incur grades of P (except in those 
courses graded only as P/F) 

• do not repeat any courses (except those 
which may be repeated for credit) 

Graduation Honors 

Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree or the Bachelor of Science degree with 
honors when they have earned the following 
grade point averages based on all courses 
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64 
semester hours (16 units) required for a student 
to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laudc exactly 3.67-3.89 

cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Business Delta Mu Delta 

Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon 

Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho 

Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 

Mathematics Kappa Mu Epsilon 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 



The Academic 
Program 



Lycoming College awards two different 
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.). For students wishing to do so 
multiple degrees are possible. Candidates for 
multiple degrees must satisfy all requirements 
for each degree and earn a minimum of 40 unit 
( 160 semester hours). Students who have 
completed fewer than 40 units but more than 3'. 
units (128 semester hours), and who have 
completed all other requirements for two 
baccalaureate degrees from Lycoming College 
will receive only one baccalaureate degree. 
They must choose the degree to be conferred. 
Completed majors will be posted to the tran- 
script. 

Freshmen entering the College during the 
2005-2006 academic year are subject to the 
requirements which appear on the following 
pages. Continuing students are subject to the 
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry unles 
they elect to complete the cunent cuiTiculum. 
Students who transfer to the College with ad- 
vanced standing will be subject to the require- 
ments imposed upon other students at the 
College who have attained the same academic 
level. j 

Students already possessing a baccalaureate! 
degree who are returning for a second degree I 
will be reviewed on an individiual basis by the' 
Registrar and major department. Post-baccalau 
reate students will be subject to the cuiient 
catalog, must complete all major requirements 
and related prerequisites, and may be required 
complete the distribution requirements. This 
does not apply to non-degree students in 
certificate-only programs. 

Students must complete the final 32 semestei 
hours of the degree program at Lycoming 
College. At least 16 semester hours in the majc 
program must be taken at Lycoming. 

If a student interrupts his or her education bi 
returns to the College after no more than one 



L^ COMING COLLEGE 



^« 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



icademic year has passed, he/she will retain 
he same requirements in effect at the initial 
late of entrance. A student who withdraws 
rom the College for more than one year will, 
ipon return, be required to complete the 
equirements currently imposed upon other 
itudents of the same academic level. 

Lycoming College certifies five official 
graduation dates per calendar year. Diplomas 
ire awarded when all materials confirming the 
;ompletion of the graduation requirements 
lave been received and approved by the 
l^egistrar's Office at least five days prior to the 
late of graduation. Degrees are awarded at 
he following times: January 1 for those who 
complete requirements between September 1 
md the end of the Fall semester; May 
I!oinmencement date for those who complete 
equirements between January 1 and the end 
)f the Spring semester; May term for those 
vho complete requirements during May term; 
>ummer I for those who complete require- 
nents during Summer I; Summer II for those 
ivho complete requirements during Summer II. 

Lycoming's Commencement ceremony 
)ccurs in May. Students will be permitted to 
)articipate in the ceremony when (a) they 
jave finished all degree requirements as of 
he preceding January 1 , have finished all 
equirements as of the May date, or have a 
Man approved by the Registrar for finishing 
luring May term or the Summer sessions; and 
b) they are in good academic standing at the 
;onclusion of their last semester prior to the 
eremony. 

The College will graduate any student who 
las completed the distribution program, 
ulfilled the requirements for one major, 
:arned a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
lours) and met all other requirements for 
raduation. 

Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements 
ind/or policies listed in this Catalog must 
)e made by the Committee on Academic 
Jtandards. 



THE BACCALAUREATE 
DEGREE 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the 
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated 
with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree 
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is 
conferred upon the student who has completed 
an educational program incorporating the two 
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu- 
tion and concentration. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. The effect of both 
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire 
inquiry, and encourage creative thought. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Complete one year of Physical Activities, 
Wellness, or Community Service. Military 
Science 01 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this 
requirement. 



00: 



5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• Complete a major consisting of at least eight 
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students 
must pass every course required for the 
major and have a minimum major grade 
point average of 2.00. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units ( 128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00. Additional credits 
beyond 1 28 semester hours may be completed 
pro\ ided thai the minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree is avail- 
able to students majoring in Biology, Chemis- 
try, Computer Science, Physics or Psychology. 
Students may elect either the B.A. or the B.S. 
degree in these majors. The B.S. degree is 
appropriate for students planning further 
education in a graduate or professional school. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology, 
Chemistry, Computer Science, Physics or 
Psychology. Students must pass every 
course required for the major and have a 
minimum major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Complete one year of Physical Activities, 
Wellness, or Community Service. Military 
Science 1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 or 04 1 may satisfy this 
requirement. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units ( 128 semester 
hours) with a minimum grade point average 
of 2.00. Additional credits beyond 1 28 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



semester hours may be completed provided 
that the minimum 2.00 cumulative average is 
maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A. and B.S. Degrees 

A course can be used to satisfy only one 
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural 
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of 
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the 
fulfillment of the distribution requirements. 
(Refer to page 28 for an explanation of the 
grading system.) No more than two courses 
used to satisfy the distribution requirements 
may be selected from the same department, 
except for ENGL 106 or 107 and Foreign 
Language courses numbered below 222. This 
means that in English, Foreign Languages 
literatures, and Theatre care must be taken to 
comply with this rule. 

A course in any of the following distribu- 
tion requirements refers to a full-unit course 
(four semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any 
appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, any appropriate course 
which is taken by cross-registration, any 
appropriate course which is part of an ap- 
proved off-campus program (such as those 
listed in the catalog sections titled COOPERA- 
TIVE PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS), or any approved course 
transferred from another institution. 

Special distribution requirements which 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program appear on page 43. For information 
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 26. 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



A. English - Students are required to pass 
ENGL 106 or 107 during their freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art, 
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or 
THEA 100, 114, 135-136, 137-138, 145, 148, 
201, 212, 235-236, 332, 333, 335. 

C. Foreign Language - Students are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless 

xempted on the basis of placement, and a 
:ourse numbered above 101 in the same 
language. Placement at the appropriate course 
level will be determined by the faculty of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

D. Humanities - Students are required to pass 
J'our courses from History, Literature (English, 
Foreign Languages and THEA 335), Philoso- 
3hy, and/or Religion. At least one course 
nust be successfully completed in 3 of the 4 
disciplines. 

E. Mathematics - Students are required to 
lemonstrate competence in basic algebra and 
o pass one course selected from CPTR 108, 
VIATH 106, 109, 112, 123, 128, 129, 130, 

n 4, or 216. The requirement of competence 
n basic algebra must be met before the end of 
he fourth semester or within one year of 
mtry, whichever is later. Students that have 
lot met this competency requirement before 
he final semester of the applicable time 
period must register for MATH 100 in that 
iemester. 

New students take the mathematics 
)lacement examination determined by the 
[Department of Mathematical Sciences at a 
lew-student orientation session. Those who 
lo not pass this exam may take home a 
;omputerized study guide and take another 
;xam at a specified time. 

After beginning classes at Lycoming 
ollege, a student may satisfy the basic 
ilgebra competence requirement by successful 
;ompletion of MATH 100 at Lycoming, or of 
in approved course transferred from another 



college, or by passing a competence examina- 
tion administered by the Department of Math- 
ematical Sciences. Enrolled students may take 
this examination only once during a semester 
and may be subject to a testing fee. No student 
will be permitted to take this examination while 
enrolled in MATH 100. 

F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two laboratory courses chosen from 
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty. 

G. Social Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two courses from Criminal Justice, 
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or 
Sociology- Anthropology. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required to 
pass one designated course which introduces 
students to Cultural Diversity which are distinct 
from the predominant Anglo-American culture. 
The course selected to fulfill this requirement 
may also be used to satisfy one of the other 
general education requirements in the liberal 
arts. Students also may fulfill the cultural 
diversity requirement by successfully complet- 
ing at least one full-time semester (12 semester 
hours) in a college-accepted study abroad 
program. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as cultural diversity courses and will 
be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity) 
courses for that semester. 



ART 

BUSINESS 

ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 

MUSIC 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 



:005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



ART 222, 339 
BUS 244, 319 
ENGL 332, 334 
FRN311 
GERM 221, 222 
HIST 120, 140,220 
230, 240 

MUS 116, 128,234 
PSCI221,327, 347 
PSY 341 
REL 110,224, 
225, 226, 228 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANKSH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S AND 
GENDER STUDIES 



SOC 229. 33 L 334. 
335, 336. 337 
SPAN 221, 222, 311 
THEA 114,212, 
332,333,335,410 
WGST 200. 300 



Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skills 
promote intellectual growth and are a hall- 
mark of the educated person. The program 
has therefore been designed to achieve two 
major, interrelated objectives: 

1 ) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a 
variety of contexts and in a substantial 
number of courses, in which they receive 
faculty guidance and reinforcement. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must successfully complete the 
following writing requirements: 

1 ) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL 
107 (Honors Composition). 

2) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

3) Three courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

The following policies apply: 

• Successful completion of ENGL 106 
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment 
in writing-intensive courses. 

• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• One of the student's "W" courses must 
be in his/her major (or one of the 
majors) or with departmental approval 
from a related department. All 
three cannot carry the same course- 

LYCOMING COLLEGE I 



number prefix (ex. PHIL, ENGL, 
ACCT. etc.). 

III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

ACCOUNTING ACCT 223, 320. 442 

ARCHAEOLOGY/CULTURE OF ANCIENT 
NEAR EAST ART 222 

ART ART 222, 223, 331, 

333, 334, 336, 339 
ASTR 230 
BIO 200, 222, 224 
BUS 244. 342, 344, 
410.441 

CHEM330,331.332 
COMM 211.326, 
332, 440 

COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246. 247, 
346, 448 



ASTRONOMY 

BIOLOGY 

BUSINESS 

CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

ECONOMICS 

EDUCATION 

ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 



INTERNATIONAL 

STUDIES 
MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 
PHILOSOPHY 



PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 



CJ447 

ECON 236, 337, 440 i 

EDUC 338. 339, 343, 

344,447 

ENGL 218, 225, 331, 

334, 336, 338 

FRN222,412 

GERM 321 

HIST 215, 218, 230. 

247.312.328.330, 

332, 335. 449 

INST 449 

MATH 234 
MUS 336 

PHIL216, 217, 218, 
219,301,332,333, 
334, 335, 336, 340 
PHYS 338. 447 
PSCI210. 334. 400,1 
439 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



i»^ 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 

THEATRE 



PSY225, 324, 431, 
432, 436 

REL 230, 331,337 
SOC229, 331 

SPAN 323,418. 
424, 426 
THEA212, 332, 333 



Physical Activities, Wellness, and 
Community Service Program 

I. Purpose 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must pass any combination of two 
semesters of zero credit course work selected 
from the following: 

1 . Designated physical activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses. 

CONCENTRATION 

The Major 

Students are required to complete a series 
of courses in one departmental or interdiscipli- 
nary (established or individual) major. 
Specific course requirements for each major 
offered by the College are listed in the 
cuiTiculum section of this catalog. Students 
must earn a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade 
point average in the major. Students must 
declare a major by the beginning of their 
junior year. Departmental and established 
interdisciplinary majors are declared in the 
Office of the Registrar, whereas individual 
interdisciplinary majors must be approved by 
the Committee on Curriculum Development. 
Students may complete more than one major, 
each of which will be recorded on the transcript. 
Students may be removed from major status if 



they are not making satisfactory progress in their 
major. This action is taken by the Dean of the 
College upon the recommendation of the 
department, coordinating committee (for 
established interdisciplinary majors), or Cunicu- 
lum Development Committee (for individual 
interdisciplinary majors). The decision of the 
Dean of the College may be appealed to the 
Committee on Academic Standards by the 
student involved or by the recommending 
department or committee. Students pursuing 
majors in two different degrees are subject to the 
policy for dual degrees on page 32. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Departmental majors are available: 

Bachelor of Arts Degree: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

Bachelor of Science Degree: 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Physics 

Psychology 



,2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Established Interdisciplinary Majors — 

The following established Bachelor of Arts 
degree interdisciplinary majors include course 
work in two or more departments: 

Accounting-Mathematical Sciences 

Actuarial Mathematics 

American Studies 

Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East 

International Studies 

Literature 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 
to their needs and objectives and which combine 
course work in more than one department. 
These majors are developed in consultation 
with students' faculty advisors and with a 
panel of faculty members from each of the 
sponsoring departments. The applications are 
acted upon by the Curriculum Development 
Committee. The major normally consists of at 
least 10 courses, at least six of which are at the 
300 or 400 level. No more than two courses 
used to satisfy distribution requirements may be 
included in the major. Examples of individual 
interdisciplinary majors are: Legal Studies, 
Women and the Legal System, and Religion 
and Marketing. Applications are available in 
the Office of the Registrar. 

The Minor 

The College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors are 
subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two unit 
courses which are not counted in the 
student's major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major discipline 



is Actuarial Mathematics and the minor is 
Mathematics (three courses must be taken 
outside of the major), their major is Art and 
the minor is Art History, their major is 
Biology and the minor is Environmental 
Science, their major is Religion and the 
minor is Biblical Languages. 

A discipline is any course of study in 
which a student can major. Tracks within 
majors are not separate disciplines. 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by completing a form available in the 
Office of the Registrar. 

When students complete a minor, the title 
will be indicated on their official transcript. 
Minor requirements must be completed at the 
time of graduation. 

Departmental Minors — Requirements for a 
departmental minor vary from department to 
department. Students interested in pursuing a 
departmental minor should consult that 
department for its policy regarding minors. 

Departmental minors are available in the 
following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 
ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental Science 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
ECONOMICS 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 

Ethics 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

American Politics 

World Politics 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Theatre History and Literature 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary 
minors include course work in two or more 
departments. Students interested in interdisci- 
plinary minors should consult the faculty 
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary 
minors are available in the following areas: 

ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE 

ANCIENT NEAR EAST 
'BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 
WOMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Professional 
Advising" in The Advising Program section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 
provide the best preparation for future teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming College 
Teacher Education Certificate requirements. 
Students can be certified in elementary, 
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship, 
English, general science, mathematics, physics, 
social sciences, social studies), K-12 (art, 
foreign languages, music), and special educa- 
tion (cognitive, behavior and physical/health 
disabilities). All teacher education programs 
are approved by the Pennsylvania Department 
of Education. Pennsylvania certificates are 
recognized in most other states either through 
reciprocal agreements or by transcript evalua- 
tion. For more detailed information, see the 
Education Department listing on page 99. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteopathic, 
podiatric and veterinary medicine; optometry, 
and pharmacy) is organized around a sound 
foundation in biology, chemistry, mathematics, 
and physics and a wide range of subject matter 
from the humanities, social sciences, and fine 
arts. At least three years of undergraduate 
study is recommended before entry into a 
professional school; the normal procedure is to 
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC), Dr. 
Edward Gabriel, Chair, during their first 
semester (see page 46). 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; rather. 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



rHE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



a student is cncoiiraiied ti) design a course o\' 
study (traditional or interdisciplinary major) 
which is ot personal interest and significance. 
While no specific major is recommended, 
there are certain skills of particular relevance 
to the pre-law student: clear writing, analyti- 
cal thinking, and reading comprehension. 
These skills should be developed during the 
undergraduate years. 

Pre-lav\ students should register with the 
Legal Profession.s Advisory Committee (LP AC), 
Dr. John Whelan. Chair, during their first 
semester ( see page 47 ). 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students preparing to attend a theological 
seminary should examine the suggestions set 
down by the Association of Theological 
Schools. It is recommended that students 
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with 
a major in one of the humanities (English. 
history, languages, literature, philosophy, 
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri- 
can studies, criminal justice, economics, 
international studies, political science, psychol- 
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and sociol- 
ogy. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 
directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary. 

Students should register with the Theologi- 
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC). 
Dr. Steven Johnson, Chair, during their first 
semester. TPAC acts as a "center" for 
students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the 
needs of students who want to prepare 
themselves for the ministry, religious educa- 
tion, advanced training in religion, or related 
vocations (see page 47). 

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with opport- 
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



talents in selected areas through access to the 
specialized academic programs and facilities 
of other colleges, universities, academies and 
hospitals. Although thorough advising and 
curricular planning are provided for each of 
the cooperative programs, admission to 
Lycoming and registration in the program of 
choice do not guarantee admission to the coop- 
erating institution. The prerogative of admitting 
students to the cooperative aspect of the 
program rests with the cooperating institution. 
Students who are interested in a cooperative 
program should contact the coordinator during 
the first week of the first semester of their 
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to 
plan their course programs in a manner that 
will ensure completion of required courses 
according to the schedule stipulated for the 
program. All cooperative programs require 
special coordination of course scheduling at 
Lycoming. 

Engineering — Combining the advantages of 
a liberal arts education and the technical 
training of an engineering curriculum, students 
complete three years of study at Lycoming and 
two years at a cooperating university. Upon 
satisfactory completion of the first year of 
engineering studies. Lycoming awards a 
Bachelor of Arts degree. When students 
successfully complete the second year of 
engineering studies, the cooperating university 
awards a Bachelor of Science degree in 
engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
tribution program and courses in physics, 
mathematics, and chemistry. The cooperating 
Universities offer aerospace, agricultural, 
ceramic, chemical, civil, computer, electrical, 
engineering science, industrial, mechanical, 
mining and nuclear engineering. Faculty 
advisor: Dr. David Wolfe. 

Forestry or Environmental Studies — 

Lycoming College offers a cooperative 
program with Duke University in environ- 
mental management and forestry. Qualified 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



itudents can earn the baccalaureate and master 
degrees in five years, spending three years at 
^ycoming and two years at Duke. All 
^ycoming distribution and major requirements 
nust be completed by the end of the junior 
i/ear. At the end of the first year at Duke, a 
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by 
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional 
legree of Master of Forestry or Master of 
Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
f^orest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
lomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however, 
b accommodate a variety of individual designs. 
Kn undergraduate major in one of the natural 
ciences, social sciences, or business may 
provide good preparation for the programs at 
^uke, but a student with any undergraduate 
oncentration will be considered for admission. 
Vll students need at least two courses each in 
I'iology, mathematics, and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in July 
fter their junior year at Lycoming with a one- 
lonth session of field work in natural resource 
management. They must complete a total of 
8 units which generally takes four semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
accalaureate degree before undertaking grad- 
ate study at Duke. The master degree 
equirements for these students are the same 
^ for those students entering after the junior 
ear, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
iduced for completed relevant undergraduate 
^ork of satisfactory quality. All credit 
iductions are determined individually and 
onsider the students' educational background 
nd objectives. Faculty advisor: Dr. Melvin 
limmerman. 

ledical Technology - Students desiring a 
areer in medical technology may either 
Dmplete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
cience program followed by a clinical 
itemship at any hospital accredited by the 



American Medical Association, or they may 
complete the cooperative program. Students 
electing the cooperative program normally 
study for three years at Lycoming, during 
which time they complete 24 unit courses, 
including the College distribution requiiements, 
a major, and requirements of the National 
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences (NAACLS). The cuirent requirements 
of the NAACLS are: four courses in chemis- 
try (one of which must be either organic or 
biochemistry); four courses in biology 
(including courses in microbiology and 
immunology), and one course in mathematics. 

Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major 
of six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO 
225). Students must take either Microbiology 
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health 
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human 
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO 
435). The cooperative program requires 
successful completion of a one-year internship 
at a hospital accredited by the American 
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated 
with the following accredited hospitals: 
Williamsport, Robert Packer, Lancaster, 
Graduate, and Abington. Students in the 
cooperative program receive credit at Lycom- 
ing for each of eight courses in biology and 
chemistry successfully completed during the 
clinical internship. Successful completion of 
the Registry Examination is not considered a 
graduation requirement at Lycoming College. 

Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming must 
complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. Faculty Advisor: Dr. Teny 
McGarvey. 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PRCXJRAM 



Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify tor admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry after only three years at 
Lycoming College. 

Alter tour years at the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of 
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates for 
the professional segment of the program is 
completed by the admissions committee of the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during the 
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one 
of two routes that students may choose. Any 
student, of course, may follow the regular 
application procedures for admission to the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or another 
college of optometry to matriculate following 
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro- 
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming 
College, the student will complete 24 unit 
courses, including all distribution require- 
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes- 
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation 
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics. 
During the first year of study at the Pennsylva- 
nia College of Optometry, the student will 
take 39 semester hours of basic science 
courses in addition to introductions to optom- 
etry and health care. Successful completion of 
the first year of professional training will 
complete the course requirements for the B.A. 
degree at Lycoming College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors 
must coordinate their plans with the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee in order to 



ensure that they have satisfied all require- 
ments. Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel. 

Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 
pediatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- 
erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu- 
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program 
provides an opportunity for students to 
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the 
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) 
after three years of study at Lycoming. At 
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
including the distribution requirements and a 
basic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students mus 
successfully complete a program of basic 
science courses and an introduction to podiatry 
Successful completion of the first year of 
professional training will contribute toward the 
fulfillment of the course requirements for a 
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete 
a modified major which will exempt them 
from two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) 
and Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified! 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM. 

Students interested in a career in podiatric 
medicine should indicate their intentions to 
the Health Professions Advisory Committee. 
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel. 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming 
students to enroll in the Army Reserve 
Officers' Training Corps (ROTC). Lycoming 
notes enrollment in and successful comple- 
tion of the program on student transcripts. 
Military Science is a four-year program 
divided into a basic course given during the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALCK 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



freshman and sophomore years and an 
advanced course given during the junior and 
senior years. Students who have not com- 
pleted the basic course may qualify for the 
advanced course by completing the Leader's 
Training Course between the sophomore and 
junior years. Students enrolled in the 
advanced course receive a monthly, non- 
taxable stipend. One course in military 
history will fulfill the professional military 
education requirements. 
; Students successfully completing the 
ladvanced course and the Leadership 
Development and Assessment Course 
between the junior and senior years will 
jqualify for a commission as a Second 
Lieutenant in the United States Army upon 
graduation, and will incur a service obligation 
in the active Army, Army National Guard or 
^rmy Reserve. 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officers' Training 
Torps (ROTC) program is offered to 
^ycoming College students in cooperation 
with Bucknell University. For more 
nformation, call 570-577-1013. 

THE HONORS PROGRAM 

[Fhe Scholar Program 

I The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
' special program designed to meet the needs and 
ispirations of highly motivated students 
)f superior intellectual ability. Lycoming 
scholars satisfy the College's distribution 
equirements with more challenging courses 
ban students not in the Scholar Program are 
equired to complete. (Substitutions to the 
Scholar Distribution Requirements can be 
nade only by successful application to the 
»cholar's Council.) Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
ind in an independent study culminating in a 
enior presentation. Scholars may audit a fifth 
ourse each semester at no additional cost. In 
ddition. Scholars may be exempted from the 
isual limitations on independent studies by the 
ndividual Studies Committee. 



Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by cun^ent scholars. The 
guidelines governing selection of new scholars 
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual 
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into 
account. Students who desire to participate in 
the Scholar Program but are not invited may 
petition the Scholar Council for consideration. 
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar 
Council with letters of recommendation from 
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to 
the director of the Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must main- 
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu- 
dents who drop below this average will be placed 
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one 
semester, they will be asked to leave the program 
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher. 
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at 
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must 
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars 
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior 
Scholar Seminar in which they present the 
results of their independent studies. In addi- 
tion, the following distribution requirements 
must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A. and B.S. Programs 

A. English — Scholars must complete ENGL 
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling pemiits. 
ENGL 1 06 or 1 07 must be taken during the 
freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts — Scholars are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from the 
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or higher; 
Music: MUS 117, 160 or higher; Theatre: 
THE A 1 14 or higher, excluding THEA 135- 
136, 137-138, or 148; Creative Writing: 
ENGL 240, 322, 342, 41 1, 412, 441 or 442; 
Literature: Any English Literature course 



LOI 005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



(except ENGL 215) and the literature courses 
of the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures (French. German, or Spanish). 

C. Foreign Language — Scholars are 
required to pass a course in French, German. 
Greek, Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or 
higher. Placement at the appropriate course 
le\el will be determined by the faculty of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and Litera- 
tures. Scholars who have completed two or 
more years of a given language in high school 
are not admitted for credit to the elementary 
course in the same foreign language except by 
written permission of the chairman of the 
department. 

D. Humanities — Scholars are required to 
pass four courses from three of the following 
disciplines: History: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Literature: any English 
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French, 
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course 
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any course 
numbered 222 or higher. 

E. Mathematics — Scholars must earn at 
least a grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 106. 
109, 112, 123 or CPTR 108; or successfully 
complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130,214 

or 216. 

F. Natural Sciences — Scholars are required 
to pass two laboratoi7 courses from the 
following: Astronomy/Physics: any course 
numbered 111 or higher; Biology: any course 
numbered 1 10 or higher: Chemistry: any 
course numbered 1 10 or higher. 

G. Social Sciences — Scholars are required to 
pass two courses from the following: Eco- 
nomics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher; 
Political Science: any course numbered 106 
or higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other 
PSY course numbered 225 or higher. Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 10, 220. 
229, 300 or higher. 



H. Cultural Diversity — Scholars are require 
to pass one designated course which introduce 
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinc 
from the dominant western culture. Approache: 
to study may be artistic, historical, sociologicc 
anthropological, international, psychological, 
or issues oriented. The course selected to 
fulfill this requirement may also be used to 
satisfy one of the other general education 
requirements in the liberal arts. 

L Writing Across the Curriculum — This 
requirement is the same as that stipulated by 
the College for all students. 

J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu 
nity Service — This requirement is the same a 
that stipulated by the College for all students. 

K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held even 
semester under the direction of the Lycoming 
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each 
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of 
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on 
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars an 
required to successfully complete five seminar 
and they are permitted to register for as many a 
eight. Topics for each academic year will be 
selected by the Scholar Council and announcec 
before spring registration of the previous year. 
Students must be accepted into the Scholar 
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar] 
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a leai 
one seminar during the freshman year. 

L. Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance b 
the Independent Studies Committee and the 
Scholar Council. This project must be pre- 
sented orally as pan of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

M. Major — Scholars must complete a majc 
and 32 units (128 semester hours), exclusive ( 
the Senior Scholar Seminar. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



^*- 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



le Note to Transfer Students — In the case of 
^transfer students and those who seek to enter 
c ;he program after their freshman year and in 
e [)ther cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
nvolve special or extraordinary circum- 
tances, the Council shall make adjustments to 
he scholar distribution requirements provided 
hat in all cases such exceptions and adjust- 
nents would still satisfy the regular College 
listribution requirements. 

Management Scholars 
Program of the Institute for 
Management Studies 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
fogram for academically talented students in 
he three IMS departments. To join the 
vlanagement Scholars Program, a student must 
;ijatisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one or 
more of the IMS departments. However, 
the IMS Director may invite or permit 
other students to join the Management 
Scholars Program who do not meet this 
criteria, such as freshmen who have not 
yet declared a major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or 
exhibit strong academic potential if the 
student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
tudent must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor in 
one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in 
both overall college work, and within an 
IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar is 
lught per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
ary topic of relevance to students in all three 

lI)05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



IMS departments. The seminars are offered as 
one semester-hour courses and do not result in 
overload charges for full-time students. 
Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both pro- 
grams. 

Departmental Honors 

Honors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of 
the project and are capable of considerable 
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00. 
The prerequisites for registration in an honors 
program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the depart ment(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following conditions 
in accordance with guidelines established by 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



nature olthc achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted. 

• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The H(Miors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement 
is clearly superior to that which would ordi- 
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in 
a regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the 
College library. In the event that the study is 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING PROGRAM 
Academic Advising 

One advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student 
and the College faculty who care about that 
student's personal, academic, and profes- 
sional aspirations. The student can draw 
upon their years of experience to resolve 
questions about social adjustment, workload, 
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the 
member of the faculty with the most impact 
on a student is the academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate 
information about requirements, programs 
and career options. Advisors help students to 
identify other campus resources. Health 



Services can supply counseling support for 
students with personal adjustment issues. 

During the sophomore year, the student 
must choose a major and select an advisor froi 
the major department. The new advisor, while 
serving as a resource, can best advise that 
student about course selection and career 
opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to contrib 
ute to students' development in yet another 
way. They insist that students assume full 
responsibility for their decisions and academi 
progress. By doing so, they help to prepare 
them for the harder choices and responsibili- 
ties of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

Pre-Professional Advising 

(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in thi 
Concentration section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Students interested in obtaining teacher cert- 
ification should consult with a member of the 
Education Department as early as possible. 
See the Education Department listing on 
page 99. 

Preparation for Health Professions — 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career shoulc 
make their intentions know to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester. This committee 
advises students concerning preparation for 
and application to health-professions schools. 
All pre-health professions students are invitee 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. Also see descriptions of the 
cooperative programs in podiatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



'reparation for Legal Professions — 

itudents interested in pre-law should register 
vith the Legal Professions Advisory Committee 
LPAC) during their first semester and should 
din the Pre-Law Society on campus. LPAC 
ssists the pre-law student through advising, 
ompilation of recommendations, and dissemi- 
ation of information and materials about law 
Hnd the legal profession. The Pre-Law Society 
iponsors films, speakers, and field trips 
icluding visits to law school campuses. 

'reparation for Theological Professions — 

Indents who plan to investigate the religious 
ocations should register with the Theological 
rofessions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
■ Luing their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
.enter" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
iscuss the needs of students who want to 

epare themselves for the ministry, religious 
Jucation, advanced training in religion, or 
:lated vocations. Also, it may help coordi- 

ite internships for students who desire 
, actical experience in the parish ministry or 

lated areas. 



vCADEMIC 
UPPORT SERVICES 
.cadeniic Resource Center 
VRC) 

^aniel Hartsock, Director 
ne Keller, Assistant Director 
WW. lycoming.edu/arc 

The Academic Resource Center, located on 
e third floor of the Snowden Library, 
ovides a variety of free services to the 
mpus community. 

Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on- 
one. Writing Consultants use questioning 
techniques to help writers improve papers 
while developing confidence and indepen- 
dence as writers. Writers may use the 
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to 
work on papers while consulting with tutors 
about development, organization, grammar. 



mS-Oe ACADEMIC CATALOG 



documentation, and any other writing 
concern. Writing Consultants offer 35 
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly. 

Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC 

offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost 
every course. Tutors assist students with 
homework assignments and test prepara- 
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC 
website or by contacting the ARC directly. 

Study Skills Support — The ARC provides 
support through individualized instruction 
and through small group workshops upon 
request. Topics vary depending on the 
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a 
more formal option for study skills support: 
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop. 

ARC 100 Success Skills Workshop 

A seven-week course, the workshop 
introduces students to a variety of topics 
important to student success. Among 
these are time management, learning 
styles, motivation, highlighting text, 
note-taking. Topics will be selected to 
meet students' needs. ARC 100 is highly 
recommended for students who, in consul- 
tation with their academic advisors, choose 
to improve their academic skills. This 
non-credit course will be graded on a 
pass/fail basis. 

Disability Support — The Coordinator of 
Services for Students with Disabilities 
assists students in arranging for classroom 
accommodations, meeting requirements, 
and developing appropriate study practices. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen 

Lycoming College believes a student's 
freshman year needs structure and support. 
This office serves as a focal point for the 
freshman and his or her family. 

Freshman Orientation — The purpose of 
this required program is to acquaint new 
students and their families more fully with 
the College so that they can begin their 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Lycoming experience under the most 
favorable circumstances. Students sit for 
placement tests, confer with their academic 
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and 
become acquainted with their classmates. 
1st Weekend — Begins the day freshmen 
arrive with New Student Convocation. The 
weekend activities include academic success, 
career and library workshops along with 
social events. 

Information and Support — Students 
and their families find the Office of the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessible 
resource to resolving problems, developing 
solutions, coordinating services and enabling 
student success. Student and family 
newsletters are provided during the year. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Sophomores 

The College continues to provide academic 
counseling and support as students move into 
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for 
Sophomores meets individually with second 
year students and, in cooperation with the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small 
group retreats and other meetings. These 
efforts are designed to alert students to their 
circumstances, to help them explore options, 
to motivate them to achieve their academic 
aspirations, and to provide them with useful 
strategies and resources for success. 

In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults 
with students on a variety of personal, social, 
residential, financial, and other concerns. 

Early Assessment 

During the sixth week of the semester 
classroom instructors prepare Early Assess- 
ment Progress Reports for freshmen, new 
transfer students, students on academic 
probation, and students with cumulative GPAs 
less than 2.10. In week seven, academic 
advisors, students, parents, deans, and coaches 
receive these progress reports and can counsel 
students having difficulty regarding adjust- 
ment strategies. Progress grades are not 
recorded on the student's permanent record. 



SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

First-Year Seminar — Every fall, Lycominj 
College offers a number of first-year seminan 
small classes that investigate topics in various 
disciplines. Students receive a letter from the 
Director of the First Year Seminar in the 
spring before their freshman year telling them 
what seminars will be available. 

May Term — This four- week voluntary 
session is designed to provide students with 
courses listed in the catalog and experimental 
and special courses that are not normally 
available during the fall and spring .semesters 
and summer .sessions. Some courses are 
offered on campus, others involve travel. In 
addition to the courses themselves, attraction; 
include less formal classes and reduced tuitio 
rates. On campus courses have included 
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field 
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's 
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The 
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized 
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing an 
Advertising. Travel courses have included 
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and 
Photography in France and Spain. Cross- 
Cullural Psychology in France and Spain, anc 
Tropical Marine Biology in Jamaica. Studen 
may take a maximum of 4 semester hours. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two sue 
cessive five-week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete intern- 
ships, independent studies and semester 
courses. Students may take a maximum of 8 
semester hours. 

Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductoiy, intermediate, or advanced) 
and in any department, whether or not the 
student is a major in that department. An indi 
pendent studies project may either duplicate 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



;atalogue course or be completely different 
rom any catalog course. In order for a student 
o be registered in any independent study course, 
he following conditions must be satisfied: 
Jl) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 
I) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the catalog 
course as an independent studies course. 
) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
)rojects which do not duplicate catalog 
ourses is subject to the following: 
Students undertaking independent studies 
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50. 
Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 
The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming College 
Scholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
xceptions to these two mles must be approved 
ly the Committee on Academic Standards. 

nternship Program — An internship is a 
ourse jointly sponsored by the College and a 
ublic or private agency or subdivision of the 
'ollege in which a student is able to earn 
ollege credit by participating in some active 
apacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 



For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship, 
at least ten hours per week must be spent in 
agency duties. Academic requirements 
include a daily log or journal, a research paper 
of approximately ten pages or its equivalent, 
and a reading list of approximately five books 
or the equivalent. The student and academic 
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the 
internship. 

The objectives of the internship program 
are: 

1 ) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experi 
ences outside the classroom or other 
campus situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good acad- 
emic standing may petition the Committee on 
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an 
intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through internships, practica, and/or 
student teaching. Guidelines for program 
development, assignment of tasks and 
academic requirements, such as exams, 
papers, reports, grades, etc., are established in 
consultation with a faculty director at 
Lycoming and an agency supervisor at the 
place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have 
participated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Practica — Practica are offered in Account- 
ing, Art, Biology, Business, Communication, 
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS, 



005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



and Psychology. These courses require 10 to 
1 2 hours of work per week in a business, 
agency, or organization in addition to class- 
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through practica, internships, and/or 
student teaching. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
ihe Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary, 
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship, 
English, general science, mathematics, 
physics, social sciences, social studies), K-12 
(art, foreign languages, music), and special 
education (cognitive, behavior and physical/ 
health disabilities). 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department for 
admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
position. See Education Department on page 
99 for more information. 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is available to 
Lycoming students. The program is open to 
juniors majoring in any discipline or program. 
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored 
and administered by the Great Lakes Colleges 
Association. 

Washington Semester — With the consent 
of the Department of Political Science and the 
Registrar, selected students are permitted to 
study in Washington, D.C., at The American 



University for one semester. They may 
choose from seven different programs: 
Washington Semester. Urban Semester. 
Foreign Policy Semester, International 
Development Semester, Economic Policy 
Semester, Science and Technology Semester, 
or American Studies Semester. 

United Nations Semester — With the 
consent of either the Department of History 
or Political Science and the Registrar, selected 
students may enroll at Drew University in 
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations 
Semester, which is designed to provide a first- 
hand acquaintance with the world organiza- 
tion. Students with special interests in world 
history, international relations, law, and 
politics are eligible to participate. 

Capitol Semester Internship Program — 

This program is available to eligible students 
on a competitive basis. The program is co- 
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Education. 
Paid internships are available to students in 
most majors. Interested students should 
contact the Career Development Center for 
additional information. 

STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students are encouraged to participate in a 
variety of study abroad programs sponsored by 
affiliates or other institutions. Students who 
intend to study abroad must have a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Study 
abroad opportunities range from summer 
sessions to a full semester or academic year 
overseas. All overseas programs require prior 
approval from the students' major depart- 
ments, the Study Abroad Coordinator, the 
Dean of Students and the Registrar. Applica- 
tions may be obtained from the Study Abroad 
Coordinator. 

Before embarking on an overseas learning 
experience, students should review the study 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



H •- 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



abroad materials in the Career Development 
Center (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the 
help of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they 
must identify any additional program require- 
ments such as fluency in a foreign language. 

A limited number of competitive grants for 
study abroad at our affiliate institutions are 
available. Application forms are posted on 
the College's home page under Academic 
Programs, Study Abroad. For more details, 
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator. 
Lycoming aid is not part of the Study Abroad 
package. 

Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has 
cooperative arrangements with seven institu- 
tions overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University 
(Cambridge, England), CUEF Universite 
Stendhal-Grenoble 3 (Grenoble, France), 
Estudio Sampere (Ecuador, Spain), Lancaster 
University (Lake District, England), Oxford- 
Brookes University (Oxford, England) 
Regent's College (London, England), Tandem 
Escuela Internacional (Madrid, Spain), and 
the University of Westminister (London, 
England). Course offerings vary at each 
institution, contact the Study Abroad Coordi- 
nator for details. Students interested in the 
programs at Grenoble, Sampere, and Tandem 
should contact the Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures. 

Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions 

Lycoming students have taken advantage of 
opportunities offered by other institutions in 
countries such as Australia, the Czech 
Republic, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, 
and Switzerland. Information regarding these 
and other programs are available in the Career 
Development Center, the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures, and from 
the Study Abroad Coordinator. 



■ 


PPI 




'^^WB 




■ 


H 


i^H 




^^«H 




^ 


mS 


KvP^ 








MM 


^ ;^^ 


*^ 








m 


■' #< ' 


,^ JHp 


p|R^ 






^Q 




"^vKr i8^^tf'j^ 


mi 






m 


A 


A ^^8 








Jfk 7 


1 


W] 


Momx Igfl 


J. !•■ 




l| 


1 


m 




^ 


n 


■ 



li 1 2005 -06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative 
program with Moorhead State University 
enabling teacher education students to do all 
or part of their student teaching in a foreign 
country. 

This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare 
of students engaged in or en route to or from 
any off-campus studies or activities which are 
not under its exclusive jurisdiction. 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CLRRICULUM 




Curriculum 



Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 

Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 

Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 

Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 

Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 

offered on a limited basis 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 

Practicums and other fractional credit courses 

Numbers 470-479 Internships 



Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for 

Departmental Honors 

*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined 

by department 

Courses not in sequence are listed sepaiately, 

as: 

Drawing ART 1 1 1 

Color Theory ART 212 
Courses which imply a sequence are indicated 
with a dash between, meaning that the first 
semester must be taken prior to the second, as: 

Intermediate French 

FRN 111-112 
Except for academic reasons, all students 
have the right of access to all courses. 



L'l COMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCOUNTING (acct) 



Kuhns 

SlocLim (Chairperson) 



Associate Professor: 
Assistant Professors: 
Wienecke 
The purpose of the accounting major is to 
help prepare the student for a career within the 
accounting profession. In order to satisfy the 
needs of an extremely diverse profession, the 
major in accounting consists of two separate 
tracks. Track I is a 150 semester hour 
program designed to meet the 150 hour 
requirement of the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accounts for those students 
whose goal is to become a member of the 
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state. 
Track II is a 128 semester hour program and is 
designed to meet the requirements of the 
Pennsylvania State Board of Accountancy for 
those students whose goal is to become 
Certified Public Accountants in Pennsylvania. 

Students planning to sit for the Uniform 
Certified Public Accounting Examination are 
advised to check with their State Board of 
Accounting to assure that they have completed 
all courses required for C.P.A. licensure. 

The Department of Accounting is a 
member of the Institute for Management 
Studies. See page 121. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 110. 223, 344, 345, 436. 440. 441. 443; 
BUS 128, 210, 21 1, 223, 235. 244. 338. 441; 
ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1; MATH 123. All account- 
ing majors are required to take and pass a 
standardized accounting achievement exam 
during their final semester. Students who fail 
may retake the exam or take an independent 
study in the area(s) that were tested unsatisfac- 
torily. 




Track requirements: 

1. Accounting-150 hours: 

ACCT 320, 442. 447, and either 449 or 
470-479; BUS 236; ECON 1 1 and 11 1 ; 
one course from SOC or PSY 

2. Accounting-128 hours: 

One course from ACCT 320, 442, 449, 
470-479, or BUS 345 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ACCT 223, 320, and 442. 

Minor 

A minor in the Department of Accounting 
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four higher 
numbered accounting courses as determined 
by the student's interests. 

100 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 

This course prepares students to make 
better informed financial decisions in a 
complicated world. A practical, relatively non- 
technical course designed to help the student 
identify and plan to meet their financial goals. 



,2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 



110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An introductory course in recording, 
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the 
basic business transaction. Problems of 
classification and interpretation of accounts 
and preparation of financial statements are 
studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is 
placed on managerial problem-solving 
techniques and the analysis of the results. 
Accounting systems, costing procedures, cost- 
volume profit relationships, managerial 
control processes and the use of computers as 
aids to decision-making are studied. Students 
will gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 110. 

223 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY 

Methods of accounting for material, labor 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite: 
ACCT J 10. 

320 

ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS/FUND ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to design and use of 
accounting information systems (AIS) and 
design and implementation of control systems 
in AIS. An introduction to the theory and 
practice of fund accounting. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 110. Co-requisite: BUS 21 1 (in the 
first half of the semester) 



344 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY i 

An in-depth examination of the environ- 
ment within which financial accounting 
theory exists. An examination of the basic 
postulates that underlie financial statements 
and a critique of what financial reporting 
means. Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent 
of instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq- 
uisite: ACCT 344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY III 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting liabilities, 
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash 
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofC, or 
consent of instructor. 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment 
of auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control, 
the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



opinions on the fairness of financial state- 
ments are studied. Prerequisites: ACCT 344, 
MATH 123, BUS 211, and senior status; or 
consent of instructor. 

441 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical 
problems involving determination of income 
and deductions, capital gains and losses, 
:omputation and payment of taxes through 
withholding at the source and through declara- 
tion are considered. Planning transactions so 
that a minimum amount of tax will result is 
mphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

142 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
[nternal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
hips, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
extensive series of problems is considered, 
ind effective tax planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10, or consent of 
nstructor. 

143 

\CCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 
:OMBINATIONS 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
heory, including business combinations and 
:onsolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
nte: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit. 

147 

\DVANCED ACCOUNTING 

An intensive study of partnerships, 
nstallment and consignment sales, branch 
iccounting, foreign currency transactions, and 
egment interim reporting. Prerequisite: 
\CCT443. One-half unit of credit. 



449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Managerial 
and Public Accounting positions in order to 
effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 
Specifics of the course work to be worked out 
in conjunction with department, student and 
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to generate 
financial statements, educational core for 
public accountants, inventory control, and 
church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



:005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOL'NTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

The accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer, 
within a liberal arts framework, courses 
which will aid in constructing mathematical 
models for business decision-making. 
Students obtain the necessary substantial 
background in both mathematical sciences 
and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: ACCT 
1 10. 223, 320, 344, 345, 441, 442. In 
mathematical sciences, required courses are: 
CPTR 125. 321 and MATH 112. 128. 129. 
338 and either 123 or 332. Recommended 
courses include: MATH 130, 238, 333; 
BUS 223. 235. 236. 338, 339; CPTR 108, 
246; ECON 1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and 
SOC 110. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator 

The Actuarial Mathematics major is 
designed to offer, within a liberal arts 
framework, coursework to prepare for an 
actuarial career. Students obtain the neces- 
sary mathematical background for the first | 
actuarial exam and two or three exams 
beyond the first one. Students also obtain 
some background in accounting, economics, 
and business which is needed for an actuaria 
career. At the time of completion of all majc 
requirements, or shortly thereafter, a student 
should be prepared to sit for up to four of the 
examinations of the Society of Actuaries. , 

The Actuarial Mathematics major consist;! 
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non- 
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences 
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128 
(or exemption by examination from 128), 
129, 130, 234, 238, 332, 333, and two course 
from MATH 321, 338, and 400. Also 
required are ACCT 1 10, ECON 1 10; one of 
MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT 13( 
ACCT 44 1 , BUS 338, ECON 33 1 or 44 1 ; tw. 
semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken during 
the junior and/or senior years with at least on 
semester for a letter grade. 

Recommended courses include: ACCT 
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 
108; ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 
23 1 , 432. 434. It is also strongly recom- 
mended that the student complete as many of 
the actuarial examinations as possible prior tc 
izraduation. 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 




AMERICAN STUDIES 



AMERICAN 
STUDIES (AMST) 



\v( ;, 



Professor: Piper (Coordinator) 

The American Studies major offers a com- 
prehensive program in American civilization 
''Vhich introduces students to the complexities 
underlying the development of America and 
its contemporary life. Thirteen courses are 
included. 

Four Course Requirements 

The primary integrating units of the major, 
hese courses — some team-taught — will 
encourage students to consider ideas from 
different points of view and help them to 
Correlate information and methods from 
v'arious disciplines: 

AMST 200 — America as a Civilization 
(First semester of major 
study) 
t. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the 

Arts and Literature 
'}. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and 

Methodology (junior or senior year) 

Internship or Independent Study (junior 

or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Six courses in one option and three in the 
Other are needed. Six primary concentration- 
option courses in American Arts or American 
Society build around the insights gained in 
he core courses. They focus particular 
Attention on areas most germane to academic 
ind vocational interests. The three additional 

O(|:005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



mi 



courses from the other option give further 
breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 

American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 

ENGL 222 — American Literature I 

ENGL 223 — American Literature II 

MUS 128 — American Music 

MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music 

THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

PSCI 331 — Civil Rights and Liberties 

PSCI 335 — Law and Society 

SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities 

Students interested in teacher certification 

should refer to the Department of Education 

on page 99. 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of 
American civilization with special attention to 
the inteiTclationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors should 
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate 
years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 

THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 

(See Index) 

490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

(See Index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIE^4T NEAR EAST 




ARCHAEOLOGY 
AND CULTURE OF 
THE ANCIENT 
NEAR EAST 

Assistant Professor: Knauth (Coordinator) 

The interdisciplinary major in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East is 
designed to acquaint students with the "cradle 
of Western civilization." The major requires 
completion of ten courses relevant to the study 
of the ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern 
worlds from the following courses, which are 
described in their departmental sections: 

1 . Two courses in archaeology: 

REL 226 Biblical Archaeology 

and one course from: 
REL 401 Field Archaeology (based 

on an excavation trip) 
REL 42 1 Archaeological Field 

Supervision 
REL/HIST/ART 470-479 

Internship (in archaeology 

or museum work) 
REL/HIST/ART N80-89 

Independent Study (project 

in archaeology) 

2. Four courses in culture from: 

ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western 



Art 



HIST 210 Ancient History 
REL 113 or 114 




Old or New Testament Faith 


REL 223 
REL 224 


and History (not both) 
Backgrounds of Early 
Christianity 
Judaism and Islam 


REL 228 


History and Culture of the 




Ancient Near East 


3. Two semesters of foreign language from: 
HEBR 101-102 Old Testament Grammar 




and Readings 



GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
(Modern Hebrew. Arabic. Classical Greek, 
or Latin may be substituted) 
4. Two courses from related disciplines, 
subject to advance approval by the 
supervisory committee. These courses 
may be taken from the fields of anthropol- 
ogy, art. economics, geology, history, 
literature, philosophy, political science, or 
religion (or other related fields); they can 
be taken as independent study projects. 
Topics should be relevant to some aspect 
of ancient or modem Near Eastern or 
Greco-Roman study. Additional "culture" 
courses as listed above are allowed in this 
category. Although not included in the 
major, the study of German and/or French 
is highly recommended for those planning 
to pursue graduate studies in the field. 

Minor 

An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East requires 
completion of one archaeology course from 
REL 226 or 401 . and four courses at least 
three of which must be numbered 200 or 
higher from ASTR 102 or 1 12, ART 222, 
HIST 210. REL 1 13 or 1 14, 223, 224, 226, 
228, 401, 421, SOC 1 14, and 229. At least 
two of these courses must be from outside the 
Religion Department. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^p 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 

• 



i 


''i^^^^^^^l 


^ 


1 '' 




i^^ 






r 


■^r 




H 


' mi 


* Jb^^^^I 


Cm^W 



lRT 



(ART) 

ofessor: Golahny (Chairperson), Shipley 

isociate Professor: Estomin 

ssistant Professor: Tran 

siting Assistant Professor: Smith 

Jt-time Instructors: Bastian, Gorg, Kaufman, 

Rhone, States, Sterngold, Johnson 

The Art Department offers two majors in 
p B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History. 

IhE B.A. DEGREE - 
ITUDIO ART 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
\th a major in studio art, students must 
cniplete the seven-course foundation 
f >giam and the requirements for an area of 
socialization, successfully complete each 
s Hester's colloquium (while a declared 
I ijoi ), and successfully complete the senior 
eliihition. Exception to participation in the 
clloc/iiiiun may be made by the art faculty. 

Placement into ART 227, Photography I, 
vll be based on the experience of the student 
a J determined by the faculty of the Art 

' ^11(1 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Department. Students who place out of ART 
227 will take ART 337, Photography II, to 
fulfill the foundation requirement in photogra- 
phy. In addition, students placed into ART 
337 who are specializing in Track IV, Com- 
mercial Design, will be required to take both 
ART 344, Computer Graphics for Electronic 
Media, and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media 
and Web Design. Students specializing in 
Track VI, Photography/Electronic Art, will be 
required to take ART 344, Computer Graphics 
for Electronic Media; ART 43 1 , Advanced 
Digital Imaging; or an approved independent 
study. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling* 

ART 212 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval 

and Non-Western Art 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 
ART 227 — Photography I 
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

^Students planning to follow the Art 
Generalist track are not required to take ART 
1 16 as part of the foundation program. 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221 — Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



ART 344 



ART 430 



ART 442 

ART 470 
ART 449 



III. Sculpture 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335— Sculpture 11 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221— Drawing II 
ART 337— Photography II 
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 
Art 

Computer Graphics for 
Electronic Media, OR 
Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. (Commercial 
Design majors are strongly 
encouraged to take both.) 
Special Projects with 
Commercial Design 
Internship OR 
Art Practicum 
A student is encouraged to take the follow- 
ing courses: ART 431, Advanced Digital 
Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS 344, 
Electronic Commerce and Internet Marketing; 
COMM 323, Feature Writing for Special 
Audiences; COMM 1 10. Principles of 
Communication; and PSY 224, Social 
Psychology. 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are seeking 

teaching certification in Art. In addition, this 

area of specialization is recommended for 

those students also majoring or minoring in 

Psychology with a possible future career in art 

therapy. 

ART 119 — Ceramics! 

ART 220 — Painting 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 
and two art history courses numbered 300 or 
above. 



Students planning to complete the K- 1 2 ar 
certification program must also fulfill the 
following requirements: 
ART 310 — History and Practice of Art 

Education 
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of 

Education 
EDUC 339 — Middle and Secondary 

School Curriculum and 

Instruction 
PSY 13S — Educational Psychology 
EDUC 446, 447. 448, and 449 — 

Professional Semester 
Students are also encouraged to take ART 1 1( 
and EDUC 232. 

VI. Photography/Electronic Art 

ART 337— Photography II 

ART 342— Photography III 

ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 

ART 431 — Advanced Digital Imaging OR 
ART 432 — Large Format Photography 
Two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. 

Students are also encouraged to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Medic 
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331 , 333, 334, 
336, and 339. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student must tak( 
courses in art history, studio art. and history 
and/or religion. A student majoring in art 
history is advised to take a foreign language. 
Art History majors (once declared) are 
required to participate in each semester's ail 
colloquium. 



.>'COMING COLLEGE 



^m 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO' 



equired of all students: 

RT 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient. 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 
RT 223 — Survey of Art: From the 

Renaissance through the 

Modern Age 
RT 447 — Art History Research 
RT 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

hoose four of the following: 

RT 310 — Hi story /Practice Art Education 
RT 33 1 — Recent Developments in Art 
RT 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
RT 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
RT 336 — Art of the Baroque 
RT 339 — Women in Art 

hoose two of the following: 

RT 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

RT 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

RT 116 — Figure Modeling I 

RT 227 — Photography I 

wo Additional Courses Outside the Art 
epartment: 

Students must take at least two additional 
urses in the areas of History, Literature, 
leater or Religion. Students should select 
;se courses with their advisors. 

The following courses have been approved 
be offered as writing intensive courses and 
ay be offered as such: ART 222, 223. 331, 
'3, 334. 336 and 339. Students must check 
mester class schedules to determine which 
urses are offered as "W" courses for that 
hiester. 

inors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Depart- 
2nt. Requirements for each follow: Com- 
;rcial Design: Art 1 1 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 
d 343; Painting: Art 1 1 1, 1 15, 220, 330 and 
'lor 223; Photography: ART 111,212. 
3, 227, 337 and 342; Sculpture: Art 1 16, 
5, 226, 335, and 1 1 1, 1 19 or 445; Art His- 
■y: Art 222, 223 and two advanced art his- 
*y courses. Art majors who minor in art his- 



ART 



tory must take two additional upper level 
courses beyond the two required for the minor 
intended for students who major in other dis- 
ciplines (i.e.. Art 222, 223 and four upper 
level courses). 

Ill 

DRAWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar 
with different drawing techniques and media. 
Some drawings from nature. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 

116 

FIGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be approached 
through learning the basic stmctures and pro- 
portions of the figure. The course is conceived 
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least 
one figure will be cast by each student. 

119 

CERAMICS I 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
encourage expression rather than to dispense 
merely a technical body of information. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 
will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Binen, and Wilhelm Ostwald. 



15-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



220 

PAINTING I 

An introducti(Mi of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 
design within the painting is taught. Some 
painting from the figure. No limitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: ART 1 15 or consent of instructor. 

221 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: ART III. 

222 

SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL. AND NON-WESTERN ART 

A survey of the major developments in the 
visual arts of the Ancient. Medieval, and Non- 
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation 
of form and content, the function and meaning 
of the visual arts within their respective 
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: I4th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material form to ideas. 

226 

FIGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. There 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



will be a requirement to cast one of the work: 
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consef 
of instructor. 

227 
PHOTOGRAPHY I 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKING I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithograph 
printing. One edition of at least six prints 
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite 
ART 1 II or 115; or consent of instructor. 

229 

CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such a; 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: 
ART 119. 

310 

HISTORY AND PRACTICE 
OF ART EDUCATION 

This course concerns the teaching of art, 
from the distant past to the present. Topics 
include Discipline-Based Art Educadon: its 
philosophy, history, and context; lesson 
planning; and teaching methods. Course wor 
includes observation of art classes in elemen- 
tary and secondary schools in the greater 
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in 
the K-12 certification program. 

330 

PAINTING II 

Continuation of Painting I (ART 220). 
Emphasis is placed on individual style and 
technique. Artists and movements in art are 
studied. No limitations as to paindng media, 
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220 



^M 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALC 



DECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART 

Recent developments, taking into account 
lobal issues, historical reference, and news 
nedia. 

(33 

9TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

mo AMERICAN ART 

The art of Western Europe and the United 
tates from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 
ainting in France. Those artists to be studied 
[iclude David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the 
mpressionists. Turner, Homer, Cole and 
akins. 

34 

vRT OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
jiotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, 
Raphael, Titian, Van Eyck, and Durer, the 
ulptors Ghiberti, Donatello and Mich- 
langelo, and the architects Brunelleschi and 
Jberti. 

35 

CULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (ART 225). 
mphasis is on advanced technical process, 
asting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
ill be done in the school foundry. Prerequi- 
te: ART 225. 

36 

[RT OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculp- 
ire in Italy and The Netherlands with 
mphasis on Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and 
embrandt, with special attention given to the 
(cpressive, narrative, and painterly styles 
resent in their art. 

57 
HOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Photog- 
iphy I (ART 227) by continued growth in 
chnical expertise including instruction in 



ART 



photo art processes such as collage, multiple 
images, hand-coloring and/or toning. Empha- 
sis is placed on conceptual and aesthetic 
aspects of photography. Prerequisite: ART 

227. 

338 
PRINTMAKING II 

Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228). 
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity 
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety 
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

342 

PHOTOGRAPHY III 

Study of aesthetics and compositional 
strategies using medium format cameras and 
advanced printing techniques for black and 
white or color. Emphasis is placed on 
developing a comprehensive and conceptual 
portfolio. Prerequisites: ART 227, 337, 
and either ART J J J or 115; or consent of 
instructor. 

343 

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ART 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on 
study of image manipulation, illustration and 
layout programs. Content of course includes 
funda-mentals of vector and raster imaging, 
typography, design, layout, color separation, 
and manipulating computer images obtained 
from scanners, video sources, and the 
students' own original production using 
computer paint software. Prerequisites: ART 
227 and either ART 1 1 1 or 115; or consent of 
instructor. 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA 
AND WEB DESIGN 

This course is a concentrated, hands-on 
study of interacti\e media for CD-ROM and 
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the 
history and design principles of interactive 
art. creation of 2-D computer animation, 
digital sound editing, Web design and CD- 
ROM production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING 

This course continues the study of the 
computer as an artist and designer's tool. It is 
the capstone course for those Photography/ 
Electronic Media majors who wish to do the 
majority of their senior show work in the 
digital media. Students learn advanced 
imaging techniques, work with digital 
cameras, use scanners as "cameras," combine 
traditional and digital photography, and 
experiment with a variety of printing pro- 
cesses and substrates. Prerequisite: ART 343 
or consent of instructor. 

432 

LARGE FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of large 
format photography and alternative processes. 
Integration of tools to student's own artistic 
process emphasized. A final portfolio of large 
format photography and alternative process 
photography will be produced. Includes 
creation of work which may be incorporated 
in the senior group exhibition. This course 
will serve as the capstone course for traditional 



photographers in the Photography/Electronic 
An Track. Prerequisites: ART 342. 

440 

PAINTING III 

Advanced study of painting techniques an( 
materials. A personal painting direction is 
expected. There is some experimentation wit 
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART 
330. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of the human figure, 
individual style, and professional control of 
drawing techniques and media are empha- 
sized. Prerequisite: ART 22 J 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commer- 
cial design utilizing computer graphics, page 
layout programs and paint, draw and image 
manipulation software that simulate tradi- 
tional airbrush, water-based mediums, 
markers, colored pencils and ink pens. The 
following skills are involved: illustration, 
photography, design, typesetting, lettering, 
layout, overlays, scanning color separation, 
matching and proofing and preparation of 
files for a service bureau or printer. Prerequi 
site: ART 343 or consent (f instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of development. 
Prerequisites: ART 1 16, 225, and 335. 

446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research and creation of new 
artwork in an elective studio area, conducted 
under the supervision of the appropriate 
faculty member. Includes creation of work, 
which may be incoiporated in the senior grou| 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO< 



ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



xhibition. This course will serve as the 
apstone studio experience for Art majors in 
he Painting, Printmaking and Sculpture 
racks. 

i47 

VRT HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under the 
upervision of the appropriate faculty member, 
icludes the research and writing of a thesis, to 
e presented to a committee of Ail Department 
acuity. This course may be repeated for credit. 

48, 248, 348 and 448 
iRT COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
tudents and invited professionals discuss and 
ritique specific art projects. Required of all 
*udents majoring in art. Taken each semes- 
'r. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fad. 
'on-credit seminar. 

49 

RT PRACTICUM 

This course offers students internship 
scperience in commercial design or commer- 
al photography with companies and organi- 
itions. Students work at least 10 hours per 
eek for a sponsoring company and attend 
minar sessions on issues relevant to their 
ork assignments. Students must apply 
irectly to the Art Department to arrange job 
lacement before pre-registration to be 
igible for this course. Prerequisite: ART 442 
r consent of instructor. 

70-479 

vITERNSHIP (See index) 

This course offers students internship 
iperience in commercial design or commer- 
ial photography with companies and organi- 
Itions. Prerequisite: ART 430 or 442, or 
msent of instructor. Students must apply 
rectly to the Art Department to arrange job 
acement before pre-registration to be 
igible for this course. 

>0-491 

[DEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson), 
Fisher, Wolfe 

The department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium edu- 
cation; it also may serve as a basis for earning 
state certification as a secondary school teacher 
of general science. The major in physics can 
prepare students for graduate work in physics, 
astronomy, and related physical sciences, for the 
cooperative program in engineering, for state 
certification as secondary school teachers of 
physics, or for technical positions in industry. 

ASTRONOMY (ASTR) 

The major in astronomy requires courses in 
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics. 
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and 
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 1 2 or 
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR 
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; two courses in 
chemistry to be selected from CHEM 110, 111, 
330, 331, or 439; and MATH 128-129. 
Astronomy majors are also required to register 
for four semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non- 
credit colloquia) 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be pre- 
sented at a departmental colloquium. A 
double major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students participat- 
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be 
exempt from taking ASTR 448. Students who 
have success-fully completed a summer REU, 
RUG, or equivalent research experience may 
request departmental approval to substitute 
that experience plus an additional advanced 
astronomy or physics course not already 
required by the major in place of ASTR 448. 

The following courses are recommended: 
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 99. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ASTR 230. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of 
C or better in both ASTR 1 11 and PHYS 225 
plus any three additional courses selected from 
PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or 
higher. 

104 

HELD GEOLOGY 

A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportunity 
to make a variety of astronomical observations, 
both visually and photographically, with and 
without telescopes. The planetarium is used to 
familiarize the student with the sky at various 
times during the year and from different 
locations on earth. May or summer term onlv. 



101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

HI 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems. 
Credit may not be earned for both 101 and 
111. Co requisite for 111: MATH J 27 or 
consent of instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and 
internal structure of the planet Earth. Shows 
how past events and lifeforms can be recon- 
structed from preserved evidence to reveal the 
geologic history of our planet from its origin t 
the present. Describes the ways geology 
influences our environment. Credit may not 
be earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite 
for 112: MATH 127 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

120 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT 

Traces the development of space flight 
capability from Sputnik (1957) through the 
early Space Race to achieve a manned 
landing upon the surface of the Moon, the en 
of space stations, development of the Space 
Transportation System (space shuttle), to 
current U.S. and Russian space efforts. 
Examination of scientific, engineering, and 
political motivations. Extensive use of 
NASA video. May incorporate travel to 
NASA facilities. Offered only when possible 
in May Term. Not for distribution. 

230 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects o 
planetarium programming, operation and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2()()3-()6 ACADEMIC CATALO 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



maintenance. Students are required to prepare 
md present a planetarium show. Upon 
successfully completing the course, students 
ire eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and 
hree hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofCor better in ASTR 
101 or 111. Alternate years. 

r43 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various classes 
)f natural objects that orbit the sun, including 
he major planets, their satellites, the minor 
)lanets, and comets. Topics include meteoro- 
ogical processes in atmospheres, geological 
)rocesses that shape surface features, internal 
tructures, the role of spacecraft in the 
xploration of the solar system, and clues to 
he origin and dynamic evolution of the solar 
ystem. Four hours of lecture per week, 
'rerequisites: a grade of C or better in ASTR 
11 or 112, or PHYS 225. Alternate years. 

44 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special 
leory of relativity and an introduction to the 
eneral theory. Topics include: observational 
nd experimental tests of relativity, four- 
ectors, tensors, space-time curvature, altema- 
ve cosmological models, and the origin and 
Jture of the universe. Four hours of lecture per 
>eek. Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 225. 
Iternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344. 

45 

TELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
liternal structure and external appearance of 
tars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
:ansport within stars. The evolution of stars 
•om initial formation to final stages. The 
reation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
lesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Irerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 226. 
Iternate years. 



446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational 
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem. 
The relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of 
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 
225. Alternate years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor. Cross-listed as PHYS 448. 
May be taken a second time with departmental 
approval. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, 
and related scientific areas talk about their own 
research or professional activities. In addition, 
majors in astronomy and physics must present 
two lectures, one given during the junior year 
and one given during the senior year, on the 
results of a literature survey or their individual 
research. Students majoring in this department 
are required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. 
Otherwise the grade will be P/F. Students in 
the Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two 
semesters and present one lecture during their 
junior year. Non-credit course. One hour per 
week. Cross-listed as PHYS 349 & 449. 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS (PHYS) 

The B.A. Degree 

The required courses for the B.A. in physics 
are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 332, 448 and four 
additional courses numbered PHYS 333 or 
higher; two courses in chemistry to be 
selected from CHEM 1 10, 1 1 1, 330, 331, or 
439; and MATH 128-129. Physics majors are 
also required to register for four semesters of 
PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia). 

The B.S. Degree 

The required courses for the B.S. in physics 
are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 332, 337, 439, 448, 
and three additional courses numbered PHYS 
333 or higher; two courses in chemistry to be 
selected from CHEM 1 10, 1 1 1, 330, or 331; 
MATH 128,129; and two additional courses 
from MATH 130, 214, 231, 233, 238, 321, 

332, 333; CPTR 125, 246; CHEM 330, 331. 

333, or 443. Physics majors are also required 
to register for four semesters of PHYS 349 
and 449 (non-credit colloquia). 

The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be 
presented at a departmental colloquium. A 
double major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students partici- 
pating in an engineering 3-2 program will be 
exempt from taking PHYS 448. Students 
who have successfully completed a summer 
REU. RUG, or equivalent research experience 
may request departmental approval to 
substitute that experience plus an additional 
advanced astronomy or physics course not 
already required by the major in place of 
PHYS 448. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Up to two courses chosen from ASTRl 1 1 
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two 
physics electives. The following courses are 
recommended: MATH 214 or 332-333, 231, 
238; CPTR 125 (these are required or useful 
for the cooperative engineering program and 
by many internships and graduate schools), 
and PHIL 223, 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensivi 
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447. 

Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion ol 
the following courses with a C grade or 
better: PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one 
additional course selected from PHYS 
courses numbered 300 or higher. 

106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist' s definition of work, energy, and 
power. The various energy sources available 
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. Th( 
advantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
conversion method, including availability, 
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
areas of energy research and possible future 
developments. Projections of possible future 
energy demands. Exercises and experiments ir 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
May or summer term only. 

108 

GREAT IDEAS OF THE 
PHYSICAL UNIVERSE 

An introduction to several major concepts 
of physics which have developed over the 
past several centuries, relating them to their 
broad implications. The emphasis is on a 
descriptive rather than a mathematical 
discussion of topics which range from early 
Greek concepts of science to present day 
methods and techniques used to describe the 
physical universe. Many distinctions and 







2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



similarities between science and other areas of 
human endeavor will be studied to demon- 
strate the beauty, simplicity, harmony, and 
grandeur of some of the basic laws which 
govern the universe. Three hours of lecture 
and two hours of laboratory per week. Alter- 
nate \ears. 



225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS III 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, astro- 
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics 
ve|include mechanics, thermodynamics, electric- 
ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modern 
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Corequisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent 
of department, MATH 109 may substitute for 
MATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
of single particles and systems of particles, 
gravitation and other central forces, moving 
],j reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamil- 
tonian formulations of mechanics. Four hours 
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade 
ofC or better in PHYS 225. 

332 
ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten- 
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter. 
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic 
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic 
("adiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours 
of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

333 

OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 



lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power series and Laplace 
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 
both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat 
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq- 
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be pre- 
sented, showing that the macroscopic proper- 
ties of a system can be specified without a 
knowledge of the microscopic properties of 
the constituents of the system. Then statistical 
mechanics will be developed, showing that 
these same macroscopic properties are 
determined by the microscopic properties. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 129. 
Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic and 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include: 
introduction to special relativity, blackbody 
radiation, the postulation of the photon and 
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of 
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom, 
concepts of symmetry, and development and 
applications of the Schrodinger equation. Four 
hours of lecture and one-three hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 129 and 
a grade of C or better in PHYS 226. 



Lfli2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^9 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



339 

CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS 

Structural topics include ordinary crystal- 
line structures. liquid crystals, quasi-crystals, 
and nanostructures. Property-related topics 
include periodic potentials, band structure, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties, 
superconductivity, superfluidity, aspects of 
surface physics, and aspects of polymer 
physics. Four hours of lecture and three 
hours of lahoratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 332 and MATH 129, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hours of lecture perweek. 
Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Introduction to the basic concepts and 
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to 
the free particle, the simple harmonic oscilla- 
tor, the hydrogen atom, and other central 
force problems are presented using the 
Schrodinger wave equation approach. Topics 
also include operator formalism, eigenstates, 
eigenvalues, the uncertainty principles, 
stationary states, representation of wave 
functions by eigenstate expansions, and the 
Heisenberg matrix approach. Four hours of 
lecture. Prerequisites: Either PHYS 226 or 
CHEM 331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed as 
CHEM 439. 



447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 

The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
fundamental interactions, how these forces aci 
at the smallest measurable distances, and 
what is expected to occur at even smaller 
distances. Four hours of lecture and recita- 
tion and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226, MATH 129, and 
either PHYS 338 or CHEM 110. Alternate 
years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in thf 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448. 
May be taken a second time with departmen- 
tal approval. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 
COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics and 
related scientific areas talk about their own 
research or professional activities. In addition, 
majors in astronomy and physics must present 
two lectures, one given during the junior year 
and one given during the senior year, on the 
results of a literature survey or their individual 
research. Students majoring in this department 
are required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. Other- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 




ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



BIOLOGY 

• 



vise the grade will be P/F. Students in the 
ooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
ingineering are required to attend two semes- 
ers and present one lecture during their junior 
'ear. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
ross-UstedasASTR 349 & 449. 

170-479 

NTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
he supervision of professional physicists 
mployed by local industries or hospitals. 

^80-N89 

NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
post areas of physics. 

190-491 

NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



(X ,005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



(BIO) 



Professor: Zimmerman 
Associate Professor: Gabriel 
Assistant Professors: Briggs (Chairperson), 
McGarvey, Morrison, Newman 

The Department of Biology offers both B.A. 
and B.S. degree programs, with minors avail- 
able in Biology and Environmental Science. 
Consent of instructor may replace BIO 1 10- 
111 as a prerequisite for all upper level 
biology courses. 

The B.A. Degree 

To earn the B.A. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major which consists of 
BIO 1 10, 1 1 1 , 222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and 
one course in Biology numbered 328 or 
higher (excluding BIO 400. 401 or 470); one 
course from CHEM 1 15, 220, or 221 plus two 
additional units of Chemistry; two units of 
mathematical sciences chosen from CPTR 
108, 125 and/or MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or 
above. In addition, juniors and seniors are 
required to successfully complete BIO 349/449 
(non-credit colloquium) for a maximum of four 
semesters and complete the capstone experi- 
ences described below. Enrollment in student 
teaching and/or other similar off-campus 
academic experiences will be accepted by the 
department in lieu of that semester's collo- 
quium requirement. Only two courses 
numbered below 22 1 may count toward the 
major. Declared Biology majors may 
substitute BIO 106-107 for BIO 110-111 with 
written consent of the department chair. 

The B.S. Degree 

To earn the B.S. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major described for 
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement, 
complete the capstone experiences described 
below, and pass three courses chosen in any 
combination from the following: BIO 328 or 
above (including BIO 400, 401 and/or 470), 
CHEM 200 or above, PHYS 200 or above, or 
MATH 127 or above. 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



Cooperative Programs 

Certain specific exceptions to the B. A. and 
B.S. degrees will be made for students in 
accelerated programs. The requirements for 
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry 
or Environmental Studies. Medical Technol- 
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the Aca- 
demic Program section of the catalog. 
Students interested in these programs should 
ctMitacl the program director before finalizing 
their individual programs. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BIO 200, 222 and 224. 

Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors 

In order to graduate, all biology majors 
must demonstrate to the Department their 
command of biology by meeting the follow- 
ing three criteria. 

1. Practical Experience: All students must 
complete at least one of the experiences 
in the following list: Internship, 
Practicum. Relevant Summer Experi- 
ence. Independent Studies. Honors, 
Medical Technology Internship, Teach- 
ing Semester. Biology Laboratory 
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer 
work. (Summer experiences. Biology- 
related volunteer work, or working as a 
lab assistant must be approved by the 
Department in order to be used to meet 
this requirement.) 

2. Research & Presentation Component: 

All junior and senior majors are 
required to successfully complete 
Biology Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) 
during all their semesters on campus. 
During their final year, students will 
research a biological topic and make an 
oral presentation at the Biology CoUo 
quium. This will provide the student 
with the basic level of information 
literacy in the biological science. 



3. Assessment: All majors are required to 
take at least one of the exams listed 
below or pass a Biology Department Ex 
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAl 
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By th 
end of their first semester of their senior 
year, students must provide the Depart- 
ment official documentation of the score 
they have earned on one of these exams. 
If one or more of these requirements 
have not been met by the end of their 
first semester of their senior year, the 
student must submit a plan signed by 
their advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Biology major interested in becoming 
certified at the secondary level to teach 
Biology and/or General Science should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and should make their plans know 
to their advisor and the Chair of the Educatic 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled before the Professional Semester. 

a) To obtain certification in Secondary 
Biology a student must successfully 
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200, 
PSY 138, EDUC 338, EDUC 339, the 
Pre-Student Teaching Participation, and I 
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 
447 and 449). Students may choose 
EDUC 232 as an Education elective. 

b) Students interested in obtaining General 
Science/Biology certification must com- 
plete all the requirements for secondary 
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 10 
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR 

1 1 1 . 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 

Minors 

The Department of Biology offers two 
minors: Biology and Environmental Science. 

A minor in biology requires the comple- 
tion of four courses numbered 200 or higher. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



BIOLOGY 



vvith their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two 
ntroductory biology courses). At least two of 
hese must be from the series of courses BIO 
222,224,225, 321, or 323. 

A minor in Environmental Science 
:onsists of two introductory biology courses 
one of which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, 
wo additional courses numbered 200 or 
ligher, one course in economics (recom- 
nended ECON 225), and ASTR 102. 

Biology majors who minor in Environ- 
nental Science must complete all require- 
nents of the biology major. In addition, they 
leed to complete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 
'.25, ASTR 1 12, and one course selected from 
;ither ECON 240, SOC 229, or an advanced 
)iology course (328 or higher). 

lean Water Institute 

This institute is designed to provide a 
brum for the natural resource heritage of 
Nlorth Central Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna 
waiver and its major tributaries (Pine, 
.oyalsock, Lycoming, and Muncy Creeks). 
The institute provides a service not only to 
.ycoming College students, through coordi- 
lation of Environmental internships, practica 
BIO 401) and independent study/honors 
rojects. but also the community. This may 
nclude seminars or workshops on environ- 
nental issues as well as monitoring assistance 
watershed groups. 

06 

CELLS, GENES AND SOCIETY 

This course investigates the roles cellular 
ihenomena, genes and biotechnology play in 
veryday life. The primary goal of this course 
5 to improve recognition and understanding 
if the implications of biology in health care, 
griculture, law, bioethics, and business. 
yedit may not be earned for both BIO 106 
ml } 10. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for 
\10 107. Three hours of lecture and one- 
hree hour lab per week. 



107 

ANATOMY FOR HEALTH 
CARE CONSUMERS 

This course is a brief survey of human 
anatomy and physiology, which includes 
study of the complementary nature of form 
and function, as well as study of the levels of 
biological organization within the body. The 
objective is to provide students with a back- 
ground which will allow them to read, 
comprehend, and appreciate current articles 
on this subject in the popular press. Students 
learn the names, structure, and general 
functions of the major organs of the body. 
Animal dissec-tion is optional. Credit may 
not be earned for both BIO 107 and 111. 
BIO 106 is not a pre -requisite for BIO 107. 
Three hours of lecture cmd one-three hour 
laboratoiy per week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 106 and 110 or for both BIO 107 
and 111. Prerequisite for BIO 111: BIO 110. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. 

200 

THE 4™ AND 5™ KINGDOMS 

While food, oxygen and medicines are all 
necessary for human existence, the impor- 
tance of plants and fungi are often ignored by 
our society. Plants and fungi play an essential 
role in our planet's ecology and are central in 
human cultural evolution. Topics covered by 
this course include the ways plants and fungi 
work, how humans have used plant and 
fungal products for their benefit and pleasure 
through-out history, and how different 
phytochemicals can influence human health. 



305-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



We will also examine human impacts on 
plant and fungal biodiversity, how we have 
altered the environment in our quest for food 
and the perfect American lawn, and the 
impacts of genetic engineering. Three hours 
of lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. This course does not count towards the 
biology major. 

213-214 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human body — 
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop- 
ment — with particular attention to structure 
and function at all levels of its biological 
organization (molecular through organismal). 
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Pre requisite for BIO 
213: CHEM 1 15 or 220, or consent of 
instructor. Prerequisite for BIO 214: BIO 213. 

220 

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
logical principles and concepts with an 
examination of the biological basis of contem- 
porary environmental problems. The effects of 
human population on earth's resources are 
studied against a background of biological and 
health sciences. This course is designed 
primarily for students not planning to major in 
the biological sciences. Three hours of lecture 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 10. This course is not a 
substitute for BIO 1 1 1 for majors. 

222 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 1 10-111. 



224 

ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology wit! 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribu- 
tion and succession of plant and animal 
populations and communities. Included will 
be field studies of local habitats as well as 
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-111. 

115 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants anc 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo- 
synthetic organisms; classification systems 
and plant identification, and human uses of 
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three 
hour lab-oratory per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha- 
nisms for treating and preventing infectious 
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to 
include diagnostic culture procedures, antibioti 
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech- 
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Thre 
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory pe 
week. Prerequisites: One year of introductory 
level biology, one year of chemistry or consent i 
Instructor. Not open to students who have 
received credit for BIO 32 1 . 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



BIOLOGY 



21 

/IICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is 
iven to the identification and physiology of 
licroorganisms as well as to their role in 
isease, their economic importance, and 
idustrial applications. Three hours of lecture 
nd hvo two-hour laboratory periods per week. 
rerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 11. Not open to 
tudents who have received credit for BIO 226. 

23 

lUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of systems, 
icluding the autonomic, endocrine, digestive, 
ardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous, 
nd reproductive systems. Three hours of 
'dure and one three-hour laboratory per 
eek. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. 

28 

QUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with 
eshwater ecosystems. Studies will include a 
irvey of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as 
ell as the physical and chemical characteris- 
es of water that influence their distribution, 
everal local field trips and an extended field 
ip to a field station will familiarize students 
ith the diver- sity of habitats and techniques 
F limnologists. Alternate years. Prerequi- 
tes: BIO 110-111. 

t29 

ROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students 
^dy the creatures of the fringing reefs, 

lirrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and 
angrove swamps at a tropical marine 
boratory. Studies will include survey of 

lankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the 
lysical and chemical characteristics that 
fluence their distribution. Prerequisites: 
fO 110-11 1. Alternate May terms. 



LO 05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



333 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce 
physiologically active substances that are 
important to humans and animals. Major 
themes include: Mechanisms and symptoms 
of poisoning, and plant chemicals with useful 
physiological effects. Laboratory topics 
include plant classification and techniques for 
compound identification. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate 
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol- 
ogy, morphology, and ecology. Two three- 
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

338 

HUMAN ANATOMY 

An upper-division elective course which 
uses a combined organ-system and regional 
approach to the study of human anatomy. The 
course includes lecture, laboratory and 
individual and/or group mini-projects. 
Computer simulated dissection software 
packages are used extensively. Video presen- 
tations of cadaver dissections and a video disk 
of cross-sectional anatomy are available for 
study. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10 and 1 1 1. 

340 

PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS 

An investigation of different herbivorous 
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores 
influence plants. Topics include evolution of 
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on 
individuals and communities, and types of 
plant defenses. We will also discuss how 
animals deal with plant defenses, the advan- 
tages and disadvantages of monophagous and 
polyphagous lifestyles, different types of 
herbivores and herbivore damage, and 
mutualisms between plants and their herbi- 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

# 



vores. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor 
Alternate years. 

341 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertili/.ation to the fully formed fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two 
three-hour lecture/laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-11 1. Alter- 
nate years. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal behav- 
iors in their normal environment and social 
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory each week. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. Alternate years. 

346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. 
The course will cover virus anatomy and 
reproduction, diseases caused by viruses, 
modern treatments of viral infections and viral 
vaccines produced by recombinant DNA and 
other technologies. Course content will also 
include a description of how viruses are used 
as tools for genetic engineering and for 
studying cellular processes like membrane 
signal transduction, regulation of genetic 
expression and oncogenesis (cancer). Four 
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
1 10- 111 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. 
Characterization of and relationships between 
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Serological assays will include: agglutinatioi 
precipitations, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological ren 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry ani 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hour 
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, andom 
hour ofarrani^ed work per week. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 110-1 J 1. Alternate years. 

348 
ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the 
role of the endocrine hormones in the 
integration of body functions. This is 
followed by a study of the control of hormoi 
synthesis and release, and a consideration of 
the mechanisms by which hormones accom- 
plish their effects on target organs. Two 
three-hour lecture/laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. Alter- 
nate years. 

400 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by . 
the Department and a public or private 
agency. The practicum is designed to 
integrate classroom theory with field or 
laboratory practice. In addition to attendanc 
at a weekly seminar, students will spend 10- 
1 2 hours per week at the sponsoring agency. 
Academic work will include, but is not 
limited to: a log, readings, recitation and an 
assigned research paper related to the specifi 
agency's activities. May be repeated once fo 
credit with consent of instructor. 

401 

ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior students interested in environmental 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALC 



:ience. Students work on projects jointly 
3onsored by the Clean Water Institute and a 
ublic or private agency. The practicum is 
ssigned to integrate classroom theory with 
lield and/or laboratory practice. In addition to 
Hi tendance at a weekly seminar, students 
)end 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
K^ency or project. Academic work includes, 
jt is not limited to a log, readings, recitation 
nd an assigned research paper related to the 
if|)ecific agency or project activity. May be 
'peated once for credit with consent of 
structor. 

30 

OMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
F VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
ructure, and functions of the principal 
iifgans of the vertebrates. Special attention is 
ven to the progressive modification of 
■gans from lower to higher vertebrates. 
hree hours of lecture and one four-hour 
boratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10- 
11. Alternate years. 

51 

ISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
icroscopic anatomy of the organs and 
ructures of the body which are formed from 
em. Focus is on normal human histology. 
hree hours of lecture and one four-hour 
boratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
§0-111. Alternate years. 

35 

ELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic 
fjiit of life. Topics will include: origins of 
(I cllular life, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic 
actions, cellular membranes, intracellular 
)mmunication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton 
id cell motility, protein sorting, distribution 
id secretion. Prerequisites: BIO II O-1 1 1 and 
le semester of organic chemistry. Alternate 
'ars. 

i 05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



436 

EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification of 
life on earth. Topics discussed include 
molecular evolution, population genetics, 
gene flow, natural selection, sexual selection, 
kin selection, neutral theory, extinction, co- 
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four 
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

437 

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 

An in-depth analysis of fundamental 
cellular information flow processes with 
particular emphasis on how these processes 
have been harnessed in the laboratory, 
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning 
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain 
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy, 
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and 
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of 
lecture, a one-hour lab cuid a three-hour lab 
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and 
one semester of organic chemistry. 

439 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 
malities, metabolic variation and disease, 
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 
immunogenetics. Laboratoiy exercises will 
offer practical experiences in genetic diagnos- 
tic techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. 
May term only. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY AND 
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites 
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve 
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be 
made on parasites of medical and veterinary 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



importance. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 110-1 II. Alternate years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates. lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metaboUsm; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, 
including allosteric control, induction, 
repression, signal transduction as well as the 
various types of inhibitive control mecha- 
nisms. Three hours of lecture, one three-hour 
laboratory and one hour of arranged work 
per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or 
consent of instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 
444. Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and non- 
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and 
organisms. Consideration will be given to 
repair mechanisms and how repair deficien- 
cies elucidate the nature of radiation damage. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
110-111, one year of chemistry. Alternate 
years. 

446 

PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY 

A study of plant resource acquisition in the 
face of competing neighbors and the quickly 
changing global environment. The course 
will focus on how differences in the environ- 
ment affect plant water use, carbon dioxide 
acquisition, light capture and nutrient uptake. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
1 10- 111 and 225. Alternate rears. 



349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biologi- 
cal sciences using techniques such as meeting 
and talking with active researchers, reading a 
nd critically analyzing the current literature, 
and discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read anc 
analyze specific papers, actively participate i 
discussions. Biology majors with junior and 
senior standing are required to successfully 
complete colloquim during all semesters on 
campus except for semesters when student 
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit 
course. One hour per week. Prerequisite: 
biology majors with junior or senior class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Departmen 
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medi- 
cine or rehabilitative therapies at a local 
hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field 
work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







2(X)5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




5USINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

BUS) 

ssociate Professor: Weaver (Chairperson) 
ssistant Professors: Kolb, Matus, Sterngold 
art-time Instructors: Larrabee, Remoff 

This major is designed to educate students 
3out business and management functions in 
3th commercial and non-commercial 
rganizations. The program provides a well- 
alanced preparation for a wide variety of 
rofessions and careers, including banking, 
nancial services, small business manage- 
lent, marketing, sales, advertising, retailing, 
^neral management, supervision, invest- 
ments, human resources management, and 
lanagement information systems. The major 

also appropriate for students who plan to 
tend graduate school in business or related 
elds, such as law or public administration. 

id, 105-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



The Department of Business Administra- 
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage- 
ment Studies. Seepage 121. 

All students majoring in Business Admin- 
istration must complete the core courses and at 
least one of the four tracks listed below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 110, 130 or 223; BUS 128.210,211, 
223, 235, 244, 338, 441; ECON 110 and 111. 
Statistics is also required. It is recommended 
that students complete most of the core 
courses (except BUS 441) before starting their 
track requirements. 

Track requirements: 

1. General Management: 

Three courses from BUS 330, 344, 345, or 
449 

2. Financial Management: 

BUS 339; two courses from BUS 345, 
410, or ECON 220 

3. Marketing Management: 

BUS 429; two courses from BUS 319, 
332, 342, or 344 

4. International Business Management 
BUS 319. 330; and two higher-numbered 
language courses beyond those used to 
meet the distribution requirement. Majors 
in the International Management track are 
encouraged to minor in a foreign language. 

Minor 

A minor in Business Administration 
consists of ACCT 1 10; BUS 128, 244, 338; 
and one course from BUS 330, 339, or 429. 

Internships 

Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, the 
department facilitates a wide variety of 
internships with businesses, government 
agencies and nonprofit organizations. In 
addition, the department is a member of the 
Institute for Management Studies, which also 
facilitates internships, including full-time 
internships during the summer. 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Diversity and Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BUS 244, 342, 344, 410 and 
441. 

128 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product 
development, advertising, retailing, consumer 
behavior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in 
marketing and others. 

210 

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

A study of the recruitment, selection, 
development, compensation, retention, 
evaluation, and promotion of personnel 
within an organization. Emphasis is on 
understanding these major activities 
performed by Human Resource Management 
professionals as organizations deal with 
increased laws and regulations, the 
proliferation of lawsuits related to Human 
Resources, changes in work force 
characteristics, and an increasingly 
competitive work environment. One-half unit 
of credit. 

211 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

A study of computer information systems 
and digital networks from the perspective of 
business managers and other end-users. 
Topics include the components and functions 
of management information systems, personal 
productivity applications, distributed networks 
and communication systems (including the 
Internet and World Wide Web), database 
manasement. electronic commerce and other 



emerging technologies and business 
applications. One-half unit of credit. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 
A study of the quantitative approach to 
managerial decision-making. Using deci- 
sional models, students explore quantitative 
applications to quality control, resource 
allocation, inventory control, decisional 
analysis, network scheduling, forecasting, an 
other topics. Prerequisite: Statistics, or 
consent of instructor. 

235 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analyses of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments 

236 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. 

244 

MANAGEMENT AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of the complex character of 
organizational life and the discipline and 
process of management. Topics include the 
evolution and scope of organizations and 
management, plan-ning, organizing, leading, 
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the 
importance of man-aging in a global environ- 
ment, understanding the ethical implications oJ 
managerial decisions, and appreciating work 
place diversity. 

319 

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 

An investigation of the challenges of 
marketing products in an increasingly global 
environment. Special emphasis is placed on 
the cultural and social diversity of interna- 
tional markets. Examines the marketing 
strategies of global firms, and the challenges 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO' 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



3f international pricing, distribution, promo- 
ion and product development. Prerequisite: 
3US 128 or consent of instructor. 

NTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT 

A Study of the dynamic process of applying 
nanagement concepts and techniques in a 
nultinational environment. Topics include 
lobal strategy and competitiveness, the 
uiitultural context, intercultural communica- 
ions, organizational behavior and human 
esource management, and ethics and social 
esponsibility. Special emphasis is placed on 
nanaging organizational cultures and diversity 
nd the environment for international manage- 
nent. Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of 
nstructoK 

32 

VDVERTISING AND PROMOTION 

How businesses and other institutions 
Tomote their products to consumers. The 
ole of advertising and promotion in the 
larketing strategy of the firm is investigated, 
nd the effects of different promotional tools 
nd advertising techniques is discussed. 
re requisite: BUS J 28 or consent of instruc- 
ir. 

38 

UNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL 

MANAGEMENT 

A study of the fundamental theory, tools, 
nd methods of financial management. Topics 
fklude the mathematics of finance, working 
apital management, capital budgeting, and 
nalysis of financial statements. Prerequisites: 
CCT 1 10 and statistics, or consent of 
\structor. 



39 

^TERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 
lANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of issues and appHca- 
ons of financial management. Topics 
Dvered include international finance, ethics, 

[0 1105-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



capital structures, cost of capital, financial 
analysis and forecasting. Extensive use of 
directed and non-directed cases. Prerequisite: 
BUS 338 or consent of instructor. 

342 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and 
practices of marketing research. The focus is 
on the development and application of 
marketing research methods. Topics covered 
include selection of a research design, data 
collection, analysis and report writing. Both 
quantitative and qualitative methods will be 
covered. The class will focus on an applied 
project. Prerequisites: BUS 128 and statis- 
tics, or consent of instructor. 

344 

ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND 
INTERNET MARKETING 

A study of Internet marketing, electronic 
commerce, and related business uses of the 
Internet and Web. Topics include the 
challenges of developing, managing, and 
marketing commercial web sites and online 
stores; the growing use of company intranets, 
extranets and virtual teams to improve 
communications, collaboration, and business 
performance; and the effects of electronic 
commerce on consumers, competition and 
marketing practices. Students also study 
social links to electronic commerce, such as 
the privacy and security concerns of online 
customers, and the challenges of electronic 
commerce to more traditional industries, 
occupations, and local business and commu- 
nities. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or consent of 
instructor. 

345 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 
Deals with the analysis of financial state- 
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme 
of the course is understanding the financial data 
which are analyzed as well as the methods by 
which they are analyzed and interpreted. This 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



course should prove of value to all who need a 
thorough understanding of the uses to which 
financial statements are put as well as to those 
who must know how to use them intelligently 
and effectively. This includes accountants, 
security analysts, lending officers, credit 
analysts, managers, and all others who make 
decisions on the basis of financial data. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10. 

410 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of 
the economy and the structure and functions 
of financial markets and the agencies 
involved; brokerage houses and stock 
exchanges; the various types of investments 
available. Techniques used to evaluate 
financial securities. Also covered are recent 
developments in investment theory. 
Prerequisite: BUS 338 or consent of instructor. 

429 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and 
select target markets, and then to develop 
strategies for gaining and maintaining these 
customers. Topics include competitive 
strategy, market segmentation, product 
positioning, promotional design and market- 
ing-related financial analysis. Case studies, 
and the development of a detailed marketing 
plan are covered. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or 
consent of instructor. 

439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with 
practical work experience with local compa- 
nies and organizations. Students work 10-12 
hours per week for their sponsor organiza- 
tions, in addition to attending a weekly 
seminar on management topics relevant to 
their work assignments. Since enrollment is 
limited by the available number of positions. 



students must apply directly to the business 
department before preregistration to be eligib 
for the course. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 

441 

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study using case analysis oft 
planning and control of business enterprises 
designed to build students' skills in conductir 
strategic analysis in a variety of industries anc 
competitive situations. Through case studies, 
research, presentations, and discussions, 
students examine industry structure, function; 
strategies, competitive challenges of a global 
marketplace, and sources of sustainable 
competitive advantage. This course is design 
to integrate the knowledge and skills gained 
from previous coursework in business and 
related fields. Prerequisites: All core courses 
or consent of instructor. Seniors only. 

449 

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 
AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

This course provides the student with the 
information needed to develop a business plai 
for starting and operating a small business 
enterprise. The course focuses on the key 
elements of planning and the essential charac 
teristics of small businesses. The discussion 
and analysis of small business cases and the 
problems/opportunities facing small business^ 
are used to reveal trends in the small business 
community and the role of government. 
Prerequisite: BUS 244. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



CHEMISTRY 




CHEMISTRY chem) 

Professor: McDonald 

Associate Professor: Bendorf (Chairperson) 

Assistant Professor: Mahler, Ramsey 

r*art-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer 

m 

The Department of Chemistry offers both 
3. A. and B.S. degree programs, and is 
ipproved by the American Chemical Society 
ACS) to certify those students whose 
)rograms meet or exceed requirements 
^'established by the ACS. Students who wish to 
;arn ACS certification must complete the 
equirements for the B.S. degree. Students 
vho complete the ACS certified degree are 
llso eligible for admission to the American 
hemical Society following graduation. 

For students planning on graduate study in 
hemistry, German is the preferted foreign 
anguage option, and additional courses in 
idvanced mathematics and computer science 
re also recommended. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
V courses, count toward the writing intensive 
equirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332. 



The B.A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree a student must 
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-221, 330-331, 
332, 333; PHYS 225-226; MATH 128-129; 
and, as a Capstone experience, one of the 
following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the 
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449). 

The B.S. degree 

To earn the B.S. degree a student must 
complete the thirteen course major described 
above as well as CHEM 443, CHEM 444, and 
one additional full-credit course from the 
following list: any 400-level CHEM course; 
PHYS 331 or above; BIO 222 or above; 
MATH 123, 130, 214, 216, 231, 238, 332; or 
CPTR 125. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Chemistry major interested in becoming 
certified in secondary education in Chemistry 
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education Hand- 
book and make their plans known to their 
advisor and the Chair of the Education 



1)05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 

• 



Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled for the Professional Semester. A 
Chemistry major who successfully completes 
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446. 447, 
449) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone 
experience. 

a) To be certified in secondary education 
in chemistry a student must: complete 
a chemistry major; pass two biology 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher. 

PSY 110 and 138, EDUC 200, 338 and 
339; complete the Pre-Student Teach- 
ing Participation and pass the Profes- 
sional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 
449). The student may choose EDUC 
232 as an additional Education 
elective. 

b) A student interested in obtaining 
General Science/Chemistry certifica- 
tion must complete all the require- 
ments for secondary certification in 
chemistry shown in (a) and must also 
pass any two units from ASTR 111, 

1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 

Minor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
of CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM 
courses numbered 300 or higher. 

100 

CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 

A science distribution course for the non- 
science major. The course will explore real- 
world societal issues that have important 
chemical components. Topics covered may 
include air and water quality, the ozone layer, 
global warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear 
power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The 
chemistry knowledge associated with the 
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three 
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
period each week. Not open for credit to stu- 
dents who have received credit for CHEM 1 10. 



110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods of 
separation, purification, and identification of 
compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for 
students who plan to major in one of the 
sciences. Three hours lecture, one hour of 
discussion and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 
or consent of department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis 
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor- 
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include 
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base 
theory, electrochemistry, themiodynamics, 
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and 
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected 
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of 
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus- 
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 10 or 
consent of department . 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin- 
ciples of organic chemistry with material 
relevant to students in medical technology, 
biology, forestry, education and the humani- 
ties. Topics include nomenclature, alkanes, 
arenes, functional derivatives, amino acids 
and proteins, carbohydrates and other 
naturally occurring compounds. This course is 
designed for students who require only one 
semester of organic chemistry, and is not 
intended for students planning to enroll in 



YCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



bio- 



chemistry courses numbered 200 or above. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discussion, 
and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111. Not open for 
credit to students who have received credit for 
CHEM 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aHphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 220: CHEM 111. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM 
220. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of energy, time and structure in 
hemistry and its reactions, including in-depth 
gas laws, thermodynamics, phases, equilib- 
rium, electrochemistry, kinetics, quantum 
mechanics and statistical mechanics. The 
laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours 
jf lecture and one four-hour laboratoty 
•jeriod each week. Prerequisites: CHEM J 11, 
MATH 129, PHYS 225-226; or consent of 
instructor. 

532 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary 
nstrumental analysis together with practice in 
ab-oratory techniques and calculations of these 
riethods. Two hours of lecture and two three- 
lour laboratory' periods each week. Prerequi- 
ite: CHEM 111 or consent of instructor. 

133 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modern theories of atomic and 
nolecular structure and their relationship to the 



lO(' 



CHEMISTRY 

• 



chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisites: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one 
year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

Introduction to the basic concepts and 
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to the 
free particle, the simple harmonic oscillator, 
the hydrogen atom, and other central force 
problems are presented using the Schrodinger 
wave equation approach. Topics also include 
operator formalism, eigenstates, eigenvalues, 
the uncertainty principles, stationary states, 
representation of wave functions by eigenstate 
expansions, and the Heisenberg matrix 
approach. Four hours of lecture. Prerequi- 
sites: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 33 J, and 
MATH 23 J. Cross-listed as PHYS 439. 

440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modern synthetic 
organic chemistry. Topics may include 
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon 
bond forming reactions, functional group 
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of 
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, 
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture and 
one four-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND 
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 

Theoi7 and application of the identification of 
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic 
techniques (H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS, 
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 221. 



005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^R 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



443 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of 
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture 
and one four-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisites: CHEM 331 and 332, or 
consent of instructor. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various types 
of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three 
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory 
and one hour of arranged work per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as BIO 444. 

446 

ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the chemistry of 
compounds containing metal-carbon bonds. 
Topics include structure and bonding, reac- 
tions and mechanisms, spectroscopy, and 
applications to organic synthesis. The use of 
organometallic compounds as catalysts in 
industrial processes will be emphasized. Three 
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221. 

447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, charac- 
terization, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
221 and 330, or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMLSTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their own 



research activities or those of others which 
have appeared in recent chemical literature. 
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit 
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior 
and senior years. 

449 

CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS 
This course focuses on the nature and 
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct 
research into a particular chemical problem 
with a faculty research advisor, and will 
explore different aspects of chemistry and 
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A 
report on the research will be written. Majors 
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this cours 
in either their junior or senior year. Eight to 
ten hours of laboratory work and one hour 
seminar each week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
22 1 cuid consent of instructor; Corequisite: 
CHEM 330. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2()().'=l-()6 ACADEMIC CATALO" 



COMMUNICATION 



COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Koehn (Chairperson), 

Wild 
Visiting Instructor: Knapp 
Part-time Instructors: Ogurcak, Van Auken 

The major in Communication seeks to 
provide a foundation in communication theory 
and media criticism as well as expertise in a 
particular area of communication. All 
students majoring in Communication must 
complete the five courses listed in the Core 
and eight additional courses in one of the three 
areas of concentration listed below: four 
required courses and four elective courses. 
^jSophomores, juniors, and seniors who have 
declared a major in Communication are 
required to enroll in and successfully complete 
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during 
each semester they are on campus or until they 
have successfully completed at least four 
semesters of this noncredit course. All 
students in this major should consider 
electing an internship before graduation. 

The major in Communication enables 
tudents to pursue employment and/or 
Graduate studies in a variety of fields includ- 
ing corporate communication, public relations, 
audio and video production, print and broad- 
:ast journalism, professional media writing, 
ind media research and analysis. 

All majors in Communication are encour- 
iged to take advanced courses in a foreign 
[anguage and to consider the following liberal 
irts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in 
I^omputer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses 
n contemporary American and/or interna- 
ional history, economics, and political 
jcience; and courses in literature from the 
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign 
Languages and Literatures. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
tV courses, count toward the writing intensive 
equirement: COMM 211. 326, 332 and 440. 




Minor 

A minor in Communication consists of any 
five courses offered by the Communication 
Department (courses offered by other depart- 
ments count only toward the major in Com- 
munication, not toward the minor). One of 
these five courses must be selected from 
COMM 326, COMM 348, or COMM 440. 

CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF 
ALL MAJORS 

COMM 110 Communication Principles 

and Ethics 
COMM 211 Public Speaking: Research, 

Principles, and Practice 
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural 

Studies: Literature, Film, and 

Television 

Senior Seminar 

Media Arts Colloquium 



COMM 440 
COMM 246, 

346, 446 
THEA212 



005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



Multicultural America on 
Screen 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



Majors must concentrate in one of the 
following three areas of study. 

1. Corporate Communication 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 212 Group Comniunication and 

Conflict Resolution 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well as 
one course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional communi- 
cation courses as they choose. Elective courses 
offered by other departments that may also be 
used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Photography I 
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 
BUS 128 Marketing Principles 
BUS 244 Management and Organizational 

Behavior 
ENGL 218 Classical and Modern Rhetoric 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The Creative 

Essay 
HIST 220 Women in History 
HIST 230 African American Histoi7 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 
PSCI 3 1 6 Public Opinion and Polling 
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 
THEA 114 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 

2. Electronic Media 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 218 Digital Audio Production 
COMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production 
COMM 348 Advanced Digital Video Production 
THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 
Masterpieces 



Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well i. 
one course at the 300-Ievel or above. Student 
may elect to take as many additional commu- 
nication courses as they choose. Elective 
courses offered by other departments that ma} 
also be used to fulfill elective requirements ir 
this concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Photography I 
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 
ART 344 Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media 
BUS 128 Marketing Principles 
BUS 244 Management and Organizations 

Behavior 
ENGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modem Rhetoric 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 
HIST 220 Women in History 
HIST 230 African American History 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 
PSCI 316 Public Opinion and Polling 
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 

3. Media Writing and Culture 

Required for all students in this concentration 

COMM 2 1 7 Print Journalism 

COMM 321 Screenwriting 

COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 329 Broadcast Journalism 

Elective choices for students in this concentrs 
tion must include at least one additional 
course in Communication as well as one 
course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional commu- 
nication courses as they choose. Elective 
courses offered by other departments that ma} 
be used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Photography I 
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



@ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



BUS 128 
BUS 244 

NGL218 
iNGL 322 

ay-IIST 220 

-IIST 230 

SCI 210 

^SC1316 

'SY 225 

'SY 324 
THE A 1 14 



Marketing Principles 

Management and Organizational 

Behavior 

Classical and Modern Rhetoric 

Advanced Writing: The Creative 

Essay 

Women in History 

African American History 

Communication and Society 

Public Opinion and Polling 

Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 

Social Psychology 

Film Arts: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 



[10 

:OMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES 
\ND ETHICS 

Introduction to the basic theories and 
)rinciples of communication as they apply to 
he process of sending messages among 
ndividuals, small groups, and mass audiences. 
^Consideration of the ethical issues involved in 
he communication process. Active learning 
hrough readings, case studies, simulations, 
)ral reporting, and library research. 

20 

NTERPERSONAL AND 
NTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION 

This is a workshop course in the theory and 
iractice of communication between individu- 
ils in both formal as well as informal situa- 
ions with particular attention given to the 
mpact of culture upon communication 
»etween individuals in international situations. 
^pen to freshmen or sophomores only. 
Alternate years. 

11 

*UBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH, 
'RINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE 

Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of 
ituations to general as well as targeted 
udiences. Emphasis on researching and 
olving problems having to do with persuasion 



and informative speaking. Training in using 
rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and 
evaluate the student's own speeches. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107. 

212 

GROUP COMMUNICATION 
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION 

Readings, case studies, simulations, and 
practice in the methods of working in groups 
and in resolving conflicts within and between 
groups in various contexts, including educa- 
tion, industry, and professional situations. 
Contemporary theory and methods for motivat- 
ing and maintaining the productivity of groups 
will be examined in some detail. Prerequi- 
sites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one other course 
in Communication (211 recommended), 
Psychology, Education, or Business. 

217 

PRINT JOURNALISM 

This course studies and applies practical 
experience in the newsgathering process for 
print media. Emphasis is on beat reporting, 
copy editing, interviewing, reporting and 
writing as applied to a variety of forms for both 
news and persuasive print media formats as 
well as on the ethical issues concerning 
reporting for the print media. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 

218 

DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION 

This course studies the principles and 
techniques of audio production using both 
analog and digital technologies. Various 
program formats and the use of sound as an art 
form are also considered. 

223 

BASIC DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION 

This course trains students in the fundamen- 
tals of pre-production, production, and 
postproduction for video using digital and 
analog formats. Emphasis is on mastering the 
basic styles of video production from concept 
to completion within as well as outside the studio. 



LOi|005-()6 academic CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



230 

DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND 
PHOTOJOURNALISM 

This interactive course teaches students to 
design, layout, and produce print media using 
electronic desktop publishing tools. Students 
will develop approaches that will be applied in 
this course. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 

235 

WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 
AND THE PROFESSIONS 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to business and professional settings. Using 
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic 
media to solve a variety of communication 
problems that frequently occur in the world of 
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

312 

LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION 

The theory and practice of leadership 
communication in diverse settings and 
contexts. Classical leadership styles will be 
examined and researched in regard to how 
these relate to goal-setting and motivating 
individuals and groups. Field work on- and 
off-campus is a major component of this 
course. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107; at 
least one of these: COMM 211, 212, or 235; 
or consent of instructor Alternate years. 

321 

SCREENWRITING 

This course trains students to analyze and 
write scripts for radio, film, and television. 
The development of the original screenplay is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: THEA 212, or 
consent of instructor. 

323 

FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECIAL 

AUDIENCES 

Practice in writing a variety of feature 
stories and editorials for different media and 
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature 
writing for magazines compares and contrasts 
with feature writing for newspapers and 



feature stories for television. Readings, peer 
review, and training in how to develop ideas 
using primary and secondary research. 
Prerequisite: ENGL J 06 or 107. 

324 

PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND 
PROBLEM SOLVING 

Training in methods of public relations 
research, program planning and evaluation, 
working with the media, writing for public 
relations and advertising, and conducting a 
public relations campaign to solve a problem o 
crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and 
electronic communication. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107 and COMM 235; or consent 
of instructor. 

326 

MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL STUD- 
IES: LITERATURE. HLM, AND TELEVISION 

Introduction to methods of analyzing 
popular culture and the arts using one or mon 
of these approaches: textual criticism, conten 
analysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historica 
criticism, frame theory, and structural 
analysis. Comparison of the ways in which 
different media create values and portray 
individuals, social conflicts, and human 
aspirations. Prerequisite: One course from: 
THEA 212, ENGL 217 or 331; or consent of 
instructor. 

329 

BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

This course provides practical experiences: 
in the newsgathering process for electronic 
media with an emphasis on covering the local 
story from the small-station perspective. 
Students in the course are responsible for 
writing, producing, editing, and broadcasting 
newscasts for radio as well as television. 
Major emphasis is placed on the ethical issue* 
concerning reporting for the broadcast media. 
Prerequisite: COMM 217 or 323. Alternate 
rears. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO* 



COMMUNICATION 



■^32 

^ OPICS IN MEDIA THEORY AND PRACTICE 
Study of communication theory as applied 
) a special area or style of communication, 
eadings, discussions, and practical experi- 
nces in creating materials for print and/or 
lectronic media. Possible topics include: 
ocudrama and investigative reporting, 
ommunicating in cyberspace, creative 
dvertising, instructional television and video. 
rerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. May he 

^?peated for credit with change of topic. 

35 

lEDIA HISTORY AND THEORY 

This course reviews the recent history of 
le media with a major emphasis on the 
jltural theories that have been used to 
scribe and critique the media and its 
ifluence upon audiences. Prerequisite: 
HEA 212. Alternate years. 

40 

CTING AND DIRECTING 
OR THE CAMERA 

This workshop course analyzes, rehearses, 
irects, and shoots scripted scenes for film and 
levision. The course studies classic screen 
:ting and directing styles. All students act as 
ell as direct. Prerequisites: COMM 223 
id THEA 145; or consent of instructor, 
hernate years. 

18 

DVANCED DIGITAL 

IDEO PRODUCTION 

dvanced production of documentary, 
irrative and experimental video. Exploration 
a variety of approaches to motivating talent 
id directing for the camera. Prerequisites: 
OMM 223 and THEA 114, or advanced 
mrse work in acting and directing, or 
Msent of mstructor. 

»6, 346, and 446 

(EDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which students are expected 
work in the field of communication on a 



regular basis. The areas of work can relate to 
campus media, campus public relations, 
admissions, non-profit organizations, and 
other communication-based organizations 
approved by the supervising faculty member. 
Students enrolled in the colloquium are required 
to keep a log and to work for a minimum of 
three hours each week in their approved work 
situation. Open only to majors. Non-credit 
and Pass/Fail. Once the major is declared, 
students are required to enroll in the seminar 
each semester until they graduate or until they 
have successfully completed four semesters, 
whichever comes first. Only one colloquium 
may be taken per semester. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An elective for junior and senior majors 
who wish to acquire additional experience in 
working with practicing professionals. Open 
only to majors and minors. 

440 

COMMUNICATION RESEARCH 
METHODOLOGY 

This course trains students in quantitative 
and qualitative communication research 
methodology. Students do intensive reading 
in an area related to their track and produce a 
research project which involves written as 
well as oral presentation. Prerequisites: 
COMM 326 and Senior standing, or consent 
of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their area of study. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the area 
of study of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See 



index) 



0O5 



06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

(see Mathematical Sciences) 

CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE (cj) 

Associate Professor: Carter (Chairperson) 

Visiting Instructor: Guttendort' 

Part-time Instructors: Anderson, Bluth, Robbins 

Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary 
social science program. Course work leading 
to this baccalaureate degree will provide 
students with strong communication and 
analytical skills. This is accomplished through a 
critical and in-depth interdisciplinary analysis 
of the causes of crime, formal and informal 
efforts at preventing and controlling crime, 
and treatment of the field of criminal justice as 
an applied social science where students are 
taught to integrate theory construction with 
practical application. The Criminal Justice 
program offers opportunities for internship 
and practicum experiences in the field, and 
prepares students for careers in law enforce- 
ment, court services, institutional and commu- 
nity-based corrections, treatment and counsel- 
ing services, and for further education at the 
graduate level. The Criminal Justice program 
also prepares students for activist and leader- 
ship roles in their communities by exploring 
core issues related to quality of life, security 
and freedom. 

The major in Criminal Justice consists of 10 
courses, distributed as follows: 

A. Criminal Justice core courses (four 
courses): 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 201 Policing and Society 
CJ 203 Correctional Systems 
CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice 

B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political dimensions 
of crime, law and justice (six courses): 




PHIL 218 Issues in Criminal Justice 
PSY116 Abnormal Psychology 
SOC 300 Criminology 

Two courses from: 



PSCI331 


Civil Rights and Liberties 


PSCI 332 


Courts and the Criminal Justice 




System 


PSCI 335 


Law and Society 


One course 


from: 


CJ204 


Youth, Deviance and Social 




Control 


SOC 222 


Introduction to Human Services 


SOC 331 


Sociology of Gender 


SOC 334 


Racial and Cultural Minorities 



c. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly 
recommended, but not required for the 
major) Majors should seek advice 
concerning course selection from their 
advisors or the criminal justice coordina- 
tor, and should note course prerequisites 
in planning their programs. 

2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

• 



Elinor in Criminal Justice 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
ourses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332. 
nd SOC 300. A student may substitute another 
lelevant course for one of the required courses 
^ith consent of the criminal justice coordinator. 

Vriting Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count towards the writing inten- 
ive requirement: CJ 447. PHIL 218. and 
l0C331. 

00 

Ntroduction to criminal justice 

This course explores the role of law 
nforcement, courts and corrections in the 
dministration of justice; the development of 
olice. courts and corrections; the scope and 
ature of crime in America; introduction to the 
udies, literature and research in criminal 
istice; basic criminological theories; and 
aieers in criminal justice. 

01 

OLICING AND SOCIETY 

Who are the police and what is policing? 
xploration of these questions provides a con- 
:xt for critical inquiry of contemporary law 
nforcement in the United States. Attention is 
iven to law enforcement puiposes and strate- 
ies. the work force and work environment, and 
h\ sworn officers do what they do. Emphasis 
also placed on being policed and policing the 
Dlice. Treatment of these issues enables 
xploration of basic and applied questions 
3out the projection of state power in commu- 
it\ relations, including those related to 
jmeland security. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

03 

ORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS 

This course presents an overview of 
Ifenders, punishment, correctional ideolo- 
ies. and societal reaction to crime. The 
istorical and philosophical development of 
le correctional system is examined. The 



primary emphasis is on critical analysis of 
contemporary correctional programming for 
adult and juvenile offenders in the United 
States. Other social issues and structures 
directly related to corrections are explored. 
Prerequisite: CJ J 00. 

204 

YOUTH, DEVIANCE AND 
SOCIAL CONTROL 

This course is designed to provide the 
student with a general understanding of 
juvenile deviance and state processes intended 
to interrupt youth deviance and juvenile 
delinquency, particularly in the juvenile 
justice system. Students will explore historical 
perspectives, deviant juvenile subculture, 
underlying philosophies, the formal processes 
and organization of juvenile justice systems, 
promising prevention/treatment approaches 
and juvenile probation practices. Students will 
be asked to think critically and offer solutions 
or strategies to a range of dilemmas confront- 
ing the juvenile justice system, including the 
transfer of juveniles to adult status and the 
movement to privatize juvenile justice 
services. Prerequisite: CJ WO or consent of 
instructor. 

340 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

This course provides an in-depth study of 
community-based corrections programs and 
their impact on the offender, the criminal 
justice system, and society. Particular atten- 
tion is given to offender diagnostics and 
classification, treatment and supervision 
needs, pre-sentence and pre-parole investiga- 
tions, casework planning, applicable laws, and 
corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

341 

CRIME PREVENTION 

Students examine crime prevention and 
control policies, programs, and procedures to 
determine what works and why. The focus is 



1 16 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



on social, situational, and environmental 
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures 
focus on reducing crime by re-creating 
physical design, by empowering citizen 
organizations, through programs that build 
safe communities, and through programs in 
place among "at risk" populations in schools, 
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ 
J 00 or consent of instructor. 

342 

ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME 

Three major areas of organizational crimes 
are covered, including traditional organized 
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and 
crimes committed under auspices of the 
government. Examples of topics include 
international organized crime cabals, drug 
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA. 
political bribe taking, government brutality 
and physical/economic coercion, civil rights 
violations, and crimes situated in the manufac- 
turing, pharmaceutical, and service trades. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

345 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This is a seminar for advanced students 
offered in response to student request and 
faculty interest. This course may he repeated 
for additional credit with approval of the 
criminal justice coordinator, but only when 
course content differs. Sample topics include 
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability in 
criminal justice, justice in the media, environ- 
mental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

347 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE FORENSICS 

This course is an exploration of the history 
and application of forensic sciences that 
provides a wide overview of the many 
subfields within this discipline. Specifically, 
this course provides the student with an 



understanding of key definitions, theoretical 
frameworks, and forensic science's role 
within the contemporary law enforcement 
environ-ment. In addition, the course 
addresses the impact that this developing fieU 
has had on society as a whole. Prerequisite: 
CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students learn social science methods, 
research design and implementation, and 
evaluation of contemporary research in 
criminal justice. Topics covered include the 
logic of causal order, sampling theory, 
qualitative and quantitative design, data 
collection, and proper analysis of data. This 
course is a how-to-do research course that 
requires students to conduct original research 
projects under supervision. Students actively 
engage in content analysis, behavioral 
observation, survey and interview-based 
research, and limited quasi-experimental 
design studies. Emphasis is placed on con- 
ducting field research and communicating 
research in writing. Each student prepares a 
literature review and written research proposal 
that can be carried out while placed with a 
criminal justice agency on practicum (CJ 448). 
Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201. and CJ 203. or 
consent of instructor. 

448-449 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM 

Students are placed with criminal justice 
agencies, providing opportunities to apply 
classroom knowledge in an organizational 
setting, encouraging development of profes- 
sional skills, helping students identify and 
clarify career interests, and providing opportu- 
nities to conduct hands-on field research. Each 
student completes an original research project 
under supervision of the instructor with input 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



I 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE • ECONOMICS 



•om the on-site agency representative, 
tudents will prepare a comprehensive, 
)rmal, written research paper on an appropri- 
e topic. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
f-iminal justice coordinator. 

70 

s[TERNSHIP (See index) 

Students desiring an internship in criminal 
istice must get considerably advanced 
Dproval by the criminal justice coordinator, 
riminal justice internships normally will not 
; approved for semesters during which 
•acticums are also available. Internships are 
tended as a four-credit-only course. How- 
/er, under unusual circumstances, up to 12 
•edits may be approved by the criminal 
istice coordinator. An example of an appro- 
bate 12-credit internship is the FBI Honors 
itemship Program, which requires relocation 
Washington, D.C., and participation in a 
ill-time program that runs the duration of the 
immer. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

80 

^DEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

This course represents an opportunity to 
irsue specific interests and topics not usually 
Jvered in regular courses. Through a 
ogram of readings and tutorials, the student 
ill have the opportunity to pursue these 
terests and topics in greater depth than is 
ually possible in a regular course. Prerequi- 
te: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice 
wrdinator. 

90 

^DEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

Professor: Madresehee 

Associate Professor: Sprunger (Chairperson) 

Assistant Professor: Gandhi 

The Department of Economics offers two 
tracks. Track I (Managerial Economics) 
develops students' capacity to analyze the 
economic environment in which an organiza- 
tion operates and to apply economic reasoning 
to an organization's internal decision making. 
These courses have more of a managerial 
emphasis than traditional economics courses. 
Track II (General Economics) is designed to 
provide a broad understanding of economic, 
social, and business problems. In addition to 
preparing students for a career in business or 
government, this track provides an excellent 
background for graduate or professional 
studies. 



Track I - Managerial Economics requires 
ECON 110. 1 1 1, 220, 332 and 441; ACCT 



35-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



1 10 and either BUS 223 or any accounting 
course numbered 130 or higher; BUS 338; 
and two other economics courses numbered 
200 or above, excluding ECON 349. 

Track II - General Economics requires 
ECON I 1 0. 111.331. 440, and 44 1 . and three 
other courses in economics. Depending on 
their academic and career interests, students 
are encouraged to select a minor in another 
department such as political science, philoso- 
phy, or history. 

In addition, the following courses are 
recommended: all majors - MATH 123 and 
BUS 223; majors planning graduate work - 
MATH 1 1 2 and 1 28; Track II majors - ACCT 
110 and either 130 or 344. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

Minor 

A minor in economics requires the comple- 
tion of ECON 1 10. 1 11 and three other eco- 
nomics courses numbered 200 or above, or any 
four economics courses numbered 200 or 
above. 

The Department of Economics is a member 
of the Institute for Management Studies. See 
page 121. 

102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 
and abuses of credit; investing, savings, 
buying insurance, automobiles and houses; 
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc. 



no 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of th 
economic sy.stem as a whole. What influence} 
the level of national income and employment'; 
What is inflation and why do we have it? Whi 
is the role of government in a modern capitalis 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and services we demand? 
How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements o 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomici 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses hov 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 J 

MONEY AND BANKING " 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institu- 
tions; capital markets, and international \ 
financial relations. Prerequisite: ECON 110. 

224 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and 
economic problems associated with urbaniza- 
tion, including poverty, employment, educa- 
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the 
environment, transportation, and public ^ 
finance. Analysis of solutions offered. I 

Prerequisite: ECON I JO or J J I, or consent qj 
instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



20O.'i-O6 ACADEMIC CATALO' 



ECONOMICS 



25 

;nvironmental economics 

A study of the relationship between 
nvironmental decay and economic growth, 
nth particular reference to failures of the 
rice and property-rights systems; application 
f cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the 
reation of an ecologically viable economy. 

29 

;USINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 

An introduction to the nature and history of 
usiness fluctuations, the tools used in 
ggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain 
le cycle, and techniques used in forecasting 
conomic activity. Prerequisite: ECONllO 
r consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

30 

CONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
lost useful and necessary sets of tools for 
ecision-making. By using a variety of 
lodern statistical methods, econometrics 
elps us to estimate economic relationships, 
!st different economic behaviors, and forecast 
ifferent economic variables. Prerequisites: 
1ATH 123, ECON 110 and HI; or consent of 
istructor. Alternate years. 

136 

.MERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY 

This course examines topics in American 
iconomic History from the post-Civil War era 
\rough World War II. Topics covered 
Iclude the causes of the rise of big business 
i the dominant means of production, the 
mergence of the union movement, the growth 
f the U.S. economy to the largest in the 
[orld, and the changing role of government in 
*e economic system. 

u 

Iconomic geography 

An introduction to the theory and practice 
jF economic geography with emphasis upon 
e historical dynamics of local, regional, and 



global organization. This course considers the 
forces reshaping global economic geography 
including the factors that detennine the competi- 
tive advantage of nations. These factors include 
resources such as food, energy, materials, and 
changing patterns of world population. Also 
included will be theoretical literature reparding 
locational decisions and choice, as well as the 
rapidly changing global economy in the context 
of trade theory and the shifting focus of 
international economics activity. 

327 

PUBLIC CHOICE 

This course focuses on the application of 
economics to the political processes of voting 
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will 
be the study of problems that can occur within 
the democratic process because the incentives 
given to public servants do not always match 
society's best interests. Policies and institu- 
tions that can improve such problems will be 
explored. U.S. elections and campaigns will 
provide many of the applications for the class. 
Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary theory 
regarding consumer demand, production costs 
and theory, profit maximization, market 
structures, and the determinants of returns to the 
factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 . 
Alternate years. 

331 

INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory and practice with regard to business 
fluctuation, national income accounting, the 
determination of income and employment levels, 
and the use of monetary and fiscal policy. 
Prerequisite: ECONllO. Alternate years. 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



332 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of" government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
cases of private monopoly, through public 
utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 
Prerequisites: ECON J 10 and 111, or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the 
United States, including the structure of 
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the 
role of government in labor-management 
relations and the economic impact of unions. 
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 
111, or consent of instructor. 

337 

PUBLIC FINANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. Prereq- 
uisites: ECON 1 10 and 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference to 
the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON 
no and 111. 



349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itself) designed to better integrate classroom 
theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of 
the effort expended will consist of academic 
work related to agency activities. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas embodie 
in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter, 
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
ECON 110 and HI. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking, 
or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 1 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) ■ 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR J 

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) " 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



20(J5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



EDUCATION 




EDUCATION (EDuc) 

Assistant Professors: Chamberlain, 

Hungerford (Chairperson) 
Visiting Instructor: Postal 
Part-time Instructors: Furman, Gordon, Huff, 

Johnson, Missigman, Patterson, Rhinehart, 

Salvatori 
Student Placement Coordinator: Curry 

The Education department offers 
Pennsylvania-approved teacher certification 
programs in elementary, secondary. Art (K- 
12), Foreign Language (K-12), Music (K-12), 
and Special Education (Cognitive, Behavior 
and Physical/Health Disabilities). Education 
is not a major at Lycoming College. All 
students wishing to be certified in 
Elementary, Secondary Education areas, K-12 
areas, or Special Education must choose a 
major from any offered by the College. 

All students seeking teacher certification 
must complete EDUC 200 with at least a B- 
or consent of the department within the five 



years before applying for the professional 
semester. All students must complete a 
minimum of 30 hours of observations and 
participation with the assigned cooperating 
teacher during the semester prior to their 
professional semester. 

Elementary Teacher Certification 

Students seeking elementary teacher 
certification must complete PSY138, 
EDUCOOO, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344 prior 
to being accepted to the professional 
semester. 

Secondary Teacher Certification 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification must complete PSY 138, EDUC 
338 and 339 prior to being accepted into the 
professional semester as well as the necessary 
subject area courses. (See exception below 
for students seeking K-12 certifications.) 
Students may earn one or more of the 
following certifications: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Citizenship (economics, history, political 

science) 
English 
General science (astronomy, physics, 

biology, chemistry) 
Mathematics 
Physics 

Social sciences (psychology, sociology- 
anthropology) 
Social studies (economics, history, 
philosophy, political science, psychology, 
sociology-anthropology) 

Students seeking certification in secondary 
math must also complete EDUC 345 before 
acceptance into the professional semester. 
Students seeking certification in any of the 
secondary science area (biology, chemistry, 
physics) and general science (astronomy, 
physics, biology, chemistry) must also 
complete the required safety and maintenance 
workshop in their content area. These 
workshops will address safety issues 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 

• 



(laboratory instruction, regulations for use of 
chemicals, materials and specialized 
equipment) and general lab behavior. 
Students will also be taught how to actually 
set up and maintain a laboratory (in their 
particular science field) in a middle/secondary 
school. 

K-12 Teacher Certification 

Students seeking K-12 certification must 
complete PSY 138 and EDUC 339 and the 
necessary subject area courses including the 
methods course appropriate to their discipline 
and offered by that department prior to being 
accepted to the professional semester. EDUC 
338 is not required for K-12 certification. 
Students may earn K-12 certification in one 
or more of the following areas: 

Art 

Music 

French 

German 

Spanish 

Special Education Teacher Certification 

Students seeking Special Education 
certification must complete PSY 138, PSY 
216, EDUC 000, 230, 330, 331, 332, 344, and 
430 prior to being accepted to the profes- 
sional semester. 

Students interested in the teacher education 
program should refer to the Teacher Educa- 
tion Handbook, which specifies the current 
requirements for certification. Early consulta- 
tion with a member of the Education Depart- 
ment is strongly recommended. Application 
for the professional semester must be made 
during the fall semester of the junior year. 

The Department of Education admits to the 
professional semester applicants who have 

(a) completed the participation requirements, 

(b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtained 
a recommendation from the student's major 
department, (d) passed a screening and 
interview conducted by the Education Depart- 
ment, (e) passed the PPST Reading, Writing, 
and Math portions of the NTE exam, and 



(f) achieved an overall grade point average of 
3.00 or better. Major departments have differ- 
ent criteria for their recommendations; there- 
fore, the student should consult with the 
chairperson of the major department about 
those requirements. The Pennsylvania state 
requirements override any contractual agree- 
ment the student teacher has with the college 
via the catalog under which they were admitted 

Additional teacher intern program informa- 
tion can be found on page 50. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: EDUC 338, 339, 343, 344, and 
447. 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART. MUSIC. PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 
student teaching, during the fall semester of th( 
senior year. These seminars, conducted by 
certified public school personnel, emphasize 
activities and knowledge which are helpful in 
the self-contained elementary classroom. Non- 
credit course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 
STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, and 
religious conditions which influence American 
schools and teachers. Consideration is given to 
the school environment, the curriculum, and the 
children with the intention that students will 
examine more rationally their own motives for 
entering the profession. 

230 

INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL 
EDUCATION 

This course covers historical, philosophical, 
and legal perspectives related to exceptional 
students. All major areas of exceptionality are 
covered including those who are categorized as 
"gifted." A study of typical and atypical 
development of children provides the basis for 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



an in-depth study of the characteristics and 
classifications of exceptional students. An 
emphasis is placed upon the ethical and 
professional behaviors of teachers of students 
with disabilities in special education and/or 
regular classrooms settings including multi- 
cultural and multilingual situations. Prereq- 
uisite: EDUC 200 or consent of department. 

232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assign- 
ments utilizing various A-V devices. 

1330 

READING FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS: 
ASSESSMENT AND INSTRUCTION 

This course provides students seeking 
certification in Special Education with a 
course that addresses the assessment tools and 
the teaching strategies for evaluating reading 
needs, skills, and strengths and with specific 
teaching strategies to help special needs 
students accomplish reading success. Prereq- 
uisite: EDUC 344 or consent of department. 

331 

CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT FOR 
STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES 

This course provides information and 
experiences in assessment strategies, curricu- 
lum requirements, and planning for students 
with disabilities. Legal and ethical issues are 
covered. Curriculum for early intervention, 
elementary and secondary education, and 
transition planning for adult life are included. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 230. 

333 

PROGRAMS AND SERVICES FOR 
INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES 

This course investigates community based- 
services, professional organizations, support 



programs for parents and students, assistive 
technologies, and related services such as 
occupational therapy and counseling. Theo- 
retical perspectives of emotional and behav- 
ioral disorders and educational approaches to 
behavioral issues are discussed. Group 
processes and communication are studied. 
Significant field experiences are required. 
Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 331. 

338 

LITERACY FOR 
MIDDLE/SECONDARY SCHOOLS 

This course is designed to teach the 
strategies necessary to implementing literacy 
skills in the middle/secondary content areas. 
Reading, writing, speaking, listening and 
media interpretation in content areas will be 
the focus. Developmental stages for 
adolescents and critical reading strategies will 
be addressed in addition to strategies for 
using young adult literature in the content 
areas. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or consent of 
instructor. 

339 

MIDDLE AND SECONDARY SCHOOL 
CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to development of the curriculum, state 
and national curriculum standards, and 
criteria for the evaluation of cunicula and 
student pro-gress. A particular emphasis will 
be placed upon emerging issues and technol- 
ogy as they relate to curriculum. Emphasis 
will be placed upon the curriculum work 
within the teaching field of each individual. 
Prerequisites: PSY 138 and EDUC 200, or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary and middle school teachers and is 
required for all those seeking elementary 
certification. Topics include number systems, 
computational algorithms, measurement, 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



geometry, and children's development of 
mathematical concepts. Includes an emphasis 
on adapting instruction for diverse learners. 
Prerequisites: PSY 138. EDUC 200, and two 
courses in matlwnmtics: or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 
sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A 
study of the science content of the curriculum, 
its material and use. Observation and partici- 
pation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A course designed to consider means of 
communication, oral and written, including 
both practical and creative uses. Attention 
will be given to listening, speaking, written 
expression, linguistics and grammar, and 
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 



for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of 
the creative writing of others. Observation 
and participation in Lycoming County 
elementary schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 
200 and PSY 138, or consent of instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an 
elementary reading program from kindergar- 
ten through sixth grade. Emphasis is upon 
designing a reading instructional program 
which reflects the nature of the learning 
process and recognizes principles of child 
development through examination of the 
principles, problems, methods, and materials 
used in elementary reading programs. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 or PSY 138, or 
consent of instructor. 

345 

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION IN 
MIDDLE/SECONDARY MATHEMATICS 

This is a basic course in the theory and 
pedagogy needed for the instruction of 
mathematics in the Middle/Secondary 
Schools. It is designed to examine and 
implement curriculum, teaching strategies, 
and required standards in math in the middle 
and secondary schools. The needs and , 

developmental stages of middle/secondary I 
adolescents will also be addressed. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and two courses in . 
mathematics: or consent of instructor. \ 

The Professional Semester 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the J 

College catalog. 1 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Elemen- 
tary Professional Semester: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



3DUC 445 



iDUC 447 



iDUC 448 



Methods of Teaching 
in the Elementary School 
Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 
Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 



M5 

vlETHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
LEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
)etween the theoretical studies of physical, 
ocial and cognitive development and the 
flementary classroom environment. Particu- 
ar consideration will be given to the appro- 
(riate age and developmental level of the 
tudents with an emphasis upon selection and 
itilization of methods in all the elementary 
ubject areas, including art and music. 
Jpecific attention is given to the development 
)f strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
naintaining classroom control, and for 
)verall classroom management. Direct 
pplication is made to the individual student 
caching experience. Prerequisites: EDUC 
m, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre- 
tiident teaching participation. 

47 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
S.MER1CAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
•ROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
hallenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
dated to the student teaching experience. 

48 

TUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
HE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
ion of a selected cooperating teacher in an 
lementary school. Student teachers are 
3quired to follow the calendar of the school 
istrict to which they are assigned. Two units 
laxirnwn. 



The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching in the 

Middle Level and Secondary 

Schools 
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 

The K-12 Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the K-12 
Professional Semester: 
EDUC 445 or 446 Elementary or 

Secondary 

Methods 
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 

Elementary Schools 

(4 semester hours/6 weeks) 
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary Schools 

(4 semester hours/6 weeks) 
446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE 
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL 
SEMESTER) 

A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 
major. Specific attention is given to structur- 
ing unit and lesson plans, maintaining 
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom 
management. Stress is placed on the selection 
and utilization of a variety of strategies, 
materials, and technologies to support 
learning for a diverse student population. 
Students teach demonstration lessons in the 
presence of the instructor and members of the 
class and observe superior teachers in 
Lycoming County middle and secondary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200, PSY 138, 
and pre-student teaching participation. 



)05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under 
the supervision of a selected cooperating 
teacher in a secondary school. Student 
teachers are required to follow the calendar of 
the school district to which they are assigned. 
Two units maximum. 

The Special Education 
Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Special 
Education Professional Semester: 

EDUC 430 Methods of Teaching 

Students with Special 
Needs 
EDUC 43 1 Current Issues in Special 

Education 
EDUC 432 Student Teaching in the 

Elementary School 
(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 
EDUC 433 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 
(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 
430 

METHODS OF TEACHING STUDENTS 
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

This course addresses planning and 
methods for teaching students with disabili- 
ties in all content areas. Integration of 
content and skill areas, least restrictive 
environment strategies including inclusion 



and resource room settings, and technology 
are stressed. Prerequisites or co-requisites: 
EDUC 330, 331, 333, and 344. , 

431 ! 

CURRENT ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUCA 

TION 

(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMES 

TER) 

This capstone course for Special Educatioi 
requires students to reflect upon their course 
of study, field experiences, and student 
teaching; to research and analyze current 
issues in the field; and to complete their 
professional portfolios. The content of the 
course will vary according to the needs of 
students, current events, and issues in Specia 
Education. 

432 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the super\ i 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an 
elementary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. 

433 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi^ 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
secondary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

Professors: Feinstein, Hawkes (Chairperson), 

Moses 
Associate Professors: Hafer, Lewes 
^ssistant Professor: Leiter 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Preston 

The department offers two programs 
leading to the major in EngHsh: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
hoose Enghsh as a hberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
for students who choose Enghsh as their subject 
area for elementary certification or who wish to 
earn secondary certification in Enghsh; for 
students who wish to improve their verbal and 
analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
career, such as technical writing, business, or 
aw; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American literature. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 217; 220; 



ENGLISH 



221 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 227; 
two from 3 11, 3 12, 3 13, 3 14, and 3 15; one 
from 335 and 336; two electives from among 
courses numbered 215 and above; and the 
Capstone Experience. 

Students who wish to earn secondary teacher 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 217; 220; 221; 335; 336; 338; two 
courses from 222, 223, 227; three courses from 
311,312,313, 314, and 315; one elective from 
among courses numbered 215 and above; and 
the Capstone Experience. Required courses 
outside English are EDUC 200, 338, 339, 446, 
447. and 449; PSY 1 10 and 1 38; and THEA 
100. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
complete the twelve English courses specified 
for secondary certification and, as part of that 
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti- 
cism, as their English elective. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while pursu- 
ing a fundamental liberal arts education. 

A minimum of ten courses is required for 
Track IL Required courses are ENGL 240; 
two courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 
225, and 227; two from 311,312, 313, 314 
and 315; one from 331 or 332; one from 335 
and 336; two from 341, 342, 441, and 442 
(note prerequisites); and one from 411 or 412. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
teacher certification must complete a mini- 
mum of twelve courses in English. Required 
courses are ENGL 240, 335, 336, 338; two 
courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 225, 
and 227; two from 311, 312, 313, 314, and 
315; one from 331 and 332; two from 341, 
342, 441, 442 (note prerequisites); and one 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



from 41 1 and 412; ENGL 217 recommended. 
Required courses outside English are EDUC 
200. 338. 339. 446, 447. and 449; PSY 1 10 and 
138;andTHEA 100. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ENGL 332 and 334. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ENGL 218, 225, 311, 334, 336, 
and 338. 

Capstone Experience 

Seniors in the literature track must hand in 
a portfolio of writing during the first week of 
their final semester. The portfolio must 
include four major papers from English 
courses and a self-assessment essay. Seniors 
in the creative writing track must successfully 
complete either ENGL 411 or ENGL 412. 

Minors 

The department offers two minors in 
English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
200 level or above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
chosen from ENGL 217, 218. 240, 322, and 
338; plus one writing-intensive course in 
literature at the 300 level. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the compos- 
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a 
position in various situations requiring the use 
of written English. Credit may not he earned 
for both 106 and 107. 

107 

HONORS COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the writing 
skills of students who have the potential to 
benefit from advanced work. Placement by 
examination only. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading and 
fonnal analysis. Identification of primary element 
and structures of literary representation. Literatun 
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL R 
106 or 10 7, or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

An introduction to writing critically about 
literary texts. Workshop setting offers inten- 
sive practice in the writing and critiquing of 
papers. Designed for beginning students of 
literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. or 
consent of instructor. Not open to juniors or 
seniors except for newly declared majors or 
with consent of instructor. 

218 

CLASSICAL AND MODERN RHETORIC 

An exploration of the province, content, 
strategies, and techniques comprising ancient 
and modem discourse, with particular emphasi; 
on written lines of argument. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

220 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

A survey of literary forms, dominate ideas, 
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon 
period through the 18"" century. Emphasis on 
such writers as Chaucer. Shakespeare, Donne, 
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representa- 
tive works from Beowulf to Burney's Evelina. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

Ill 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 19tl] 
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as . 
Wordsworth. Shelley. Keats. Tennyson, 
Browning. Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 



12 

MERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
jginning to 1865, with major emphasis on the 
riters of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson, 
horeau, Hawthorne. Melville. Dickinson, and 
Tiitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
msent of instructor. 

13 

MERICAN LITERATURE II 

Survey of American literature from 1 865 to 
H5, emphasizing such authors as Twain, 
imes. Crane. Hemingway. Faulkner, Frost, 
liot, Stevens. O'Neill, and Williams. Prerequi- 
te: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

15 

LASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman 
orks that have influenced Western writers, 
[terary forms studied include epic, drama, 
tire, and love poetry. Writers studied include 
omer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
irgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid. 
^erequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
structor. 

'11 
MERICAN LITERATURE III 

Survey of American literature from 1945 to 
e present, focusing on such writers as Bellow, 
'Connor, Updike, Roth, Morrison, Bishop, 
owell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prerequisite: 
NGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor 

to 

ITRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING 

Workshop discussions, structured exercises, 
id readings in contemporary literature to 
■Qvide practice and basic instruction in the 
riting and evaluation of poetry and fiction. 
rerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
structor. 

11 

EDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English poetry 
id prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical History 
I Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric. 



narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis 
on the cultural context from which these 
forms emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary 
forms of the Renaissance. Authors studied 
will include Donne, Marlowe, More, 
Shakespeare, Sidney. Spenser, and Surrey. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century 
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that 
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Romantic period ( 1 789- 
1832) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 
1901) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^m 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



jNGLISH 



and the personal. Readings will include 
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

331 

MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short fiction 
of such major writers as Conrad, Woolf, 
Joyce, Faulkner. Fowles. and Nabokov, with 
special emphasis on the relationship of their 
works to concepts of modernism. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

332 

MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
modern and contemporary poets, beginning 
with Yeats and the American Modernists, 
covering a variety of central movements (such 
as the Harlem Renaissance), and concluding 
with a range of multi-cultural authors. 
Prerequisite: ENGL J 06 or 107 or consent of 
instructor. 

333 

THE NOVEL 

An examination primarily of British and 
American works from the 18th century to the 
present, focusing on the novel's ability — since 
its explosive inception — to redefine its own 
boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

WOMEN AND LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
historical — of literature by women represent- 
ing diverse cultures. Each course will examine 
a particular theme significant to women 
writers from more than one cultural back- 
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 
CHAUCER 

Concentrated study of The Canterbury 
Tales with emphasis on the variety of medi- 
eval narrative genres represented. Chaucer's 



Tales will be read in Middle English. The 
course includes a brief study of language 
development to Chaucer, a study of Middle 
English sufficient to comprehend Chaucer, 
and an examination of the cultural traditions 
that inform Chaucer's works. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent 
instructor. Alternate years. 

338 
LINGUISTICS 

An intensive look at the English language, 
focusing on three grammatical systems 
(traditional, structural, transformational) to 
identify their strengths and weaknesses. 
Attention is also given to larger issues, 
including language change, the politics of 
language, the creation of meaning, language 
acquisition, and dialects. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternal 
years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate workshop focusing on th 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade of B or better in ENGL 
240, or consent of instructor. 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, whe 
the student is trained to hear language at worl 
Emphasis on characterization and story. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240, or consent of instructor. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structun 
and traditional and contemporary poetic form 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATAL( 



ENGLISH 

• 



ill be studied through readings, discussion, 
id exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both 
actical criticism and in creative writing, this 
lurse will pay particular attention to theories 
mcemed with the relationship between form 
d content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 341 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

2 

)RM AND THEORY: FICTION 

A course that examines philosophical and 
sthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting 
;tion based on those theories. Authors will 
ost likely include Aristotle, Calvino, Gardner, 
iss. and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 342 

consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

,0 

iLECTED WRITERS 

, An intensive study of no more than three 
■iters, selected on the basis of student and 
:ulty interest. Possible combinations 
:lude: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 
'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
ilton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
oolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
feats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
nsent of instructor. Alternate years. 

1 

DPICS IN LITERATURE 
1 Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
bvement as it appears in one or more types 
I literature and as it cuts across various 
tochs. Possible topics include: American 
pvelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
ppression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
adition in American Literature; Mystery and 
ptective Fiction; The Hero in Literature. 
rerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
mructor. Alternate years. 

V 

ETRY WORKSHOP II 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
etry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
is of their own work and acquire experience 



in evaluating the work of their peers. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 341. 

442 

FICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged 
to develop and control his or her individual 
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 342. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in the 
course includes practical as well as theoretical 
use of the ideas and methods of critical 
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art 
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women writers; 
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise 
Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of Wilham Faulkner" 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf." 



)5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



[OREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Associate Professors: Buedel, Kingery 
Assistant Professors: Cartal-Falk, 

Heysel (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Bernal 
Visiting Instructors: Cagle, McNerney, Tira 

Study of foreign languages and literatures 
offers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
contributes both to personal and to interna- 
tional understanding by providing competence 
in a foreign language and a critical acquain- 
tance with the literature and culture of foreign 
peoples. A major can serve as a gateway to 
careers in business, government, publishing, 
education, journalism, social agencies, 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



translating, and writing. It prepares for 
graduate work in literature or linguistics and 
the international fields of politics, business, 
law, health, and area studies. 

MA,JOR FIELDS OF STUDY 

French, German, and Spanish are offered 
major fields of study. The major consists of 
least 32 semester hours of courses numbered 
1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to pursi 
graduate study in a foreign language should 
take additional 300- and 400-level courses. 
Majors seeking teacher certification are 
advised to begin the study of a second foreig; 
language. 

The department encourages students to 
consider allied courses from related fields, a 
second major, or an interdisciplinary major 
such as International Studies. 

STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS 

The department recommends that all 
language majors study abroad in a Lycoming 
College affiliate program or in a department- 
approved program. Students seeking teacher 
certification are required to study abroad for , 
minimum of eight weeks, although a semeste 
length program is recommended. Lycoming 
offers affiliate programs in France (Universit 
de Grenoble), Spain (Tandem Escuela 
Internacional or Estudio Sampere) and 
Ecuador (Estudio Sampere). Approved 
programs in Austria, Germany, and Switzer- 
land include the Institute for International 
Education, the Goethe Institute, and 
Universitat Frieburg. Students who intend to 
study abroad should begin planning with thei 
major advisor by the first week of the semesttj 
prior to departure. To qualify, students must 
have sophomore standing or higher, an overa 
GPA of 2.50, a GPA of 3.00 in language 
courses, and recommendation from faculty in 
the major. Overseas internships are offered 
through approved programs. They typically 
require substantial language skills and junior 
or senior standing. 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



\PSTONE EXPERIENCE 

All foreign language majors are required to 
ss two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior 
)lloquium). In addition, all majors must 
mplete at least two of the following six 
tions: ( 1 ) appropriate study abroad for a 
inimum of 8 weeks; (2) an internship; (3) 
partment-approved volunteer work in the 
reign language; (4) FRN 418, GERM 418, or 
'AN 4 1 8 with a grade of C or better; (5) 

ondary teaching certification in French, 
;rman, or Spanish; (6) a total of 12 credit 
urs at the 400-level in French, German, or 
lanish. 

If the colloquia and other two requirements 
ve not been met by the end of the first 
Hester of the senior year, the student must 
bmit to the chair of the department a plan 

ned by the advisor showing when and how 
;se requirements will be completed. 

i:acher certification 

Students interested in teacher certification 
ould refer to the Department of Education 
page 99. 

3REIGN LANGUAGES AND 
[TERATURES (FLL) 
8 

)REIGN LANGUAGE: 
'STEMS AND PROCESS 
Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool 
language learning and teaching. Discussion 
d application of language teaching techniques, 
iuding work in the language laboratory. 
;signed for future teachers of one or more 
iguages and normally taken in the junior year, 
jdents should arrange through the Depart- 
!nt of Education to fulfill the requirements 
a participation experience in area schools in 
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of 
>tructor. Taught in English. Does not 
unt toward majors in French, Gennan, and 
anish. 

? 

NIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM 
This colloquium offers French, German, 
1 Spanish majors the opportunity to meet 



regularly with peers, professors, and invited 
guest speakers to discuss linguistic, literary, 
cultural, and pedagogical topics. Each student 
enrolled in 449 is required to deliver at least 
one oral presentation of approximately 20 
minutes in a language other than English in 
their second semester. Prerequisite: junior 
standing. The department recommends that, 
when possible, students take one semester of 
449 during their junior year and another 
semester during their senior year. Taught in 
English. The Colloquium will meet a minimum 
of 6 times during the semester for 1 hour each 
session. After successful completion of two 
semesters of the Colloquium, a student may 
enroll for additional semesters on a pass-fail 
basis and no oral presentation will be required. 
Non-credit course. 

FRENCH (FRN) 

Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program, including at least eight 
semester hours from the 400 level, not includ- 
ing FLL 449. French majors must pass at least 
two semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of 
the additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience. Students who wish to be 
certified for secondary teaching must complete 
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass 
FRN 221-222, 228, 418, and FLL 338 (the 
latter two courses with a grade of B or better). 

The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: FRN 311. The following 
courses, when scheduled as a W course, counts 
toward the writing intensive requirement: FRN 
222 and FRN 412. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 221 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
towards the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



courses, 12 hours of which must hi 
200 or above. 



numbered 



101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 
Prerequisite for 102: FRN 101 or equivalent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the fundamen- 
tals of the language for immediate use in 
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite for HI: FRN 102 or 
equivalent: for 112: FRN 111 or equivalent. 

llX-lll 

CONVERSATION. REVIEW, 
AND COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a 
variety of subjects in conjunction with 
contemporary readings. Focus on phonetics, 
pronunciation and in-depth grammar review 
including the study of French stylistics, 
semantics and syntax. Designed to provide 
greater breadth and tluency in spoken and 
written French. Prerequisite for FRN 22 J: 
FRN 112 or equivalent: for FRN 222: FRN 
221. 

311 

MODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students 
with social and political structures and cultural 
attitudes in contemporary French and 
Francophone societies. Material studied may 
include such documents as newspaper articles, 
interviews and sociological surveys, and 
readings in history, religion, anthropology, 
and the arts. Some attention to the changing 
education system and the family and to events 
and ideas which have shaped French-speaking 
societies. Includes some comparative study of 
France and the United States. Prerequisite: 
FRN 221 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 



315 

INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH AND 
FRANCOPHONE LITERATURES 

Diverse readings in this course draw from 
both French and Francophone literatures and 
represent significant literary movements from 
the Middle Ages to the present. The course is 
designed to acquaint the student with literary 
concepts and terms, genre study and the basic 
skills of literary analysis. Prerequisite: FRN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the French-speaking 
world. Possible topics or genres include: 
Francophone short stories; modern French 
theatre; French-speaking women writers; 
French and Francophone poetry; Paris and the 
Avant-garde. Prerequisites: FRN 222, 31 1: 
or consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 
THE 19TH CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil- ' 
ity: Musset, Hugo, Madame de Stael, Vigny, 
Balzac, Stendhal, Sand; realism and natural- 
ism in the novels of Flaubert and Zola; and 
reaction in the poetry of Baudelaire, 
Desbordes-Valmore, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and 
Mallarme. Prerequisite: At least one French 
course from the 300 level. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral 
and written composition, and translation. 
Prerequisites: Either two French 300 level 
courses or one French 400 level course; or 
consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOI 



d 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



26 

FECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN FRENCH 
vND FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE AND 
:ULTURE 

Readings of important works and move- 
lents in modern French and/or Francophone 
terature and culture. Reading selections may 
3CUS on a particular genre or they may be a 
ombination of drama, poetry and prose, 
ossible topics include: 20th century poetry; 
rench cinema; children's literature; surreal- 
m and the avant-garde; the Francophone 
ovel; French literature and art between the 
ars. Prerequisites: Either two French 300 
vel courses or one French 400 level course, 
r consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
redit with consent of instructor. 

11 

RENCH LITERATURE OF 

HE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novelists of 
lodern France. Readings selected from the 
'orks of authors such as Proust, Colette, 
ide, Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine, 
lalraux, Saint-Exupery, Camus, the "new 
ovelists" (Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le 
lezio), Duras. and the poetry of Apollinaire, 
alery, the Sunealists (Breton, Reverdy, 
luard, Char), Saint- John Perse, Supervielle, 
revert, and others. Prerequisite: At least 
ne French course from the 300 level, 
fternate years. 

70-479 

^TERNSHIP (See index) 

80-N89 

^DEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French include 
inslation. Existentialism, the classical period, 
ilightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery. 

)0-491 

DEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



GERMAN (GERM) 
Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program. GERM 426 or 441 is required 
of all majors. German majors must pass at least 
two semesters of ELL 449 and complete two of 
the additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience on page 1 10. 

Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221- 
222, 323, 325, 4 1 8, and either 426 or 44 1 . In 
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses for 
the major, they must also pass ELL 338 and 
GERM 418 with a grade of B or better. All 
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS 
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: GERM 22 1 and 222. 
The following course, when scheduled as a W 
course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: GERM 321. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 221 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 
12 hours of which must be numbered 200 or 
above. One unit of ELL 225 may be included 
in the minor with permission. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with a 
view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. Prerequi- 
site for 102: GERM 101 or equivalent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 



D5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
and reading with a view to building confi- 
dence in self-expression. Prerequisite for 
HI: GERM 102 or equivalent: for 112: 
GERM 111 or equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses is designed to 
review and develop skills in speaking, listening, 
writing and reading. Grammar and vocabulary 
building are stressed with intensive review, 
writing practice and some reading on contem- 
porary issues in German-speaking countries. 
Prerequisite for 22 1 : GERM 1 12 or equiva- 
lent: for 222: GERM 221. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the German-speaking 
world. Possible topics or genres include: the 
German Novelle; modem German theatre; the 
fairy tale; German poetry. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 
Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and culture from the 19th century through the 
1960's. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or conseni 
of instructor. 

411 

THE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating lo 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM 
323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who want to improve their spoken and written 
German. Includes work in oral comprehen- 
sion, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, translation, and the 
development of the language and its relation- 
ship to English. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or 
consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CULTURE 

The study of important works and move- 
ments in modem German literature and culture. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Goethe, East and West Gennany, the Weimar 
Republic. Prerequisite: One Gennan 300 level 
course, or consent of instructor. Maybe 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY GERMAN 
LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
dramatists of contemporary Germany, Swit- 
zerland and Austria covering the period from 
the 1960's to the present. Readings selected 
from writers such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch, 
Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke. Walser, Grass, 
Becker, and others. Prerequisite: GERM 323 
or 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 



e 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German 
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology, 
Hermann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and 
Diirrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION 

HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION 

SPANISH (SPAN) 
; Major 

A major consists of 32 semester hours of 
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or 
ipproved courses from a Study Abroad 
Drogram. From courses numbered 315 or 
ligher, one course must focus on literature or 
:ulture from Spain and one course must focus 
^n literature or culture from Latin America. 
^PAN 3 1 5 and approved topics courses may 
'ocus on Hispanic literatures with representa- 
ive readings from both Spain and Latin 
^erica. When this is the case, the course 
nay count toward either the Spanish or Latin 
\.merican requirement. Eight semester hours 
nust be at the 400 level, not including 449. 
Spanish majors must pass at least two semes- 
jcrs of FLL 449 and complete two of the 
idditional requirements as explained under the 
Capstone Experience section. Recommended 
;ourse: HIST 120. Students who wish to be 
lertified for secondary teaching must complete 
he major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass 
;PAN 221, 222, 311, 418 and FLL 338 (the 
atter two with a grade of B or better). 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
dversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 31 1. 
Tie following courses, when scheduled as W 
curses, count toward the writing intensive 
equirement: SPAN 323, 418, 424, and 426. 



Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 or 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 112 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
con-sist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 
200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 
Prerequisite for 102: SPAN 101 or equiva- 
lent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
reading and writing with a view to building 
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite 
for HI: SPAN 102 or equivalent; for 112: 
SPAN 11 1 or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION, REVIEW, AND 
COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a 
variety of subjects in conjunction with 
contemporary readings. Includes in-depth 
grammar review. Designed to provide greater 
breadth and fluency in spoken and written 
Spanish. Prerequisite for 221: SPAN 112 or 
equivalent; for 222: SPAN 221. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to Spanish-speaking 
peoples — their values, customs and institu- 
tions, with reference to the geographic and 
historical forces governing present-day Spain 
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



315 

INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC 
LITERATURES 

Diverse readings in this course include 
both Spanish and Latin American literatures 
designed to acquaint the student with signifi- 
cant Hispanic authors and literary move- 
ments. The course deals with genre study, 
literary terms in Spanish, literary concepts 
and forms, as well as the basic skills of 
literary analysis. The course counts toward 
the requirement in the major as either a 
course in the literature of Spain or in the 
literature of Latin America. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 222 or consent of instructor. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the Spanish- 
speaking world. Possible topics or genres 
include: Latin American short stories; modern 
Spanish theatre; Latin American women writers; 
Chicano literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 
or consent of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit with consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 
AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish literature, 
representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals 
with the literature from the Middle Ages to 
the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish-American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
socio-economic developments. The course 
deals with the literature, especially the essay 



and poetry, from the 16th century to the 
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve their spoken and written 
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehen- 
sion, pronunciation, oral and written composi- 
tion, and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN 
course at the 300 level or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

424 

SPANISH LITERATURE OF 
THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and principal 
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama 
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisites: 
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC 
LITERATURE AND CULTURE 

Readings of important works in modern 
Spanish and/or Latin American literature. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin 
America; the Modernist movement in Latin 
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the 
avant-garde; the Latin American novel; the 
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisites: 
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modern novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2003-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 




HISTORY (HIST) 

Professors: Larson (Chaiiperson), Monis, 

Piper 
Associate Professor: Witwer 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Chandler 
Visiting Instructor: Younger 

A major consists of 10 courses, including 
HIST 115,116, and 449. At least seven courses 
must be taken in the department. The following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236, 
PSCI 221 and 439, REL 226 and 228. Other 
appropriate courses outside the department may 
be counted upon departmental approval. For 
history majors who student teach in history, the 
major consists of nine courses. In addition to 
the courses listed below, special courses, inde- 
pendent study, and honors are available. 
Special courses recently taught and anticipated 
include a biographical study of European 
Monarchs, the European Left, the Industrializa- 
tion and Urbanization of Modern Europe, 
Utopian Movements in America , the Peace 
Movement in America, The Vietnam War, and 



American Legal History. History majors are 
encouraged to participate in the internship 
program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: HIST 120, 140, 220, 
230 and 240. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: HIST 215, 
218, 230, 247, 312, 328, 330, 332, 335, and 
449. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Department 
of History. The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American history: 
HIST 125, 126, and three courses in American 
history numbered 200 and above (HIST 120 
and/or 220 may be substituted.) A minor in 
European history requires the completion of 
HIST 1 15. 1 16 and three courses in European 
history numbered 200 and above. To obtain a 
minor in History (without national or geo- 
graphical designation), a student must com- 
plete six courses in history, of which three 
must be chosen from HIST 115, 1 16, 125, and 
126 and three must be history courses num- 
bered 200 and above. 

115 

WESTERN CIVILIZATION I 

A survey of the major developments in the 
history of Western Civilization from its roots 
in the Ancient Near East to the era of the 
Renaissance. The course will consider the 
political, social and cultural aspects of 
Mesopotamia, Egypt, the ancient Hebrews, 
Greece, Rome, and Western Europe. Byzan- 
tine and Islamic civilizations will be studied 
to provide a wider scope for comparison. 

116 

WESTERN CIVILIZATION II 

A survey of the major developments in the 
history of Western Civilization from the era 
of the Renaissance to the present. The course 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



e 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



will focus on the political, economic, social, 
intellectual, and cultural aspects of European 
history and how Europe interacted with the 
rest of the world. 

120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, 
the age of discovery and conquest, Spanish 
colonial policy, the independence movements, 
and the development of modern institutions 
and governments in Latin America. Alternate 
years. 

125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877 

A study of the people, measures, and 
movements which have been significant in the 
development of the United States between 
1 607 and 1 877. Attention is paid to the 
problems of minority groups as well as to 
majority and national influences. 

126 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1877- 
PRESENT 

A study of people, measures, and movements 
which have been significant in the develop- 
ment of the United States since 1877. Atten- 
tion is paid to the problems of minority groups 
as well as to majority and national influences. 

140 

SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY 

A comprehensive overview of Asian 
history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim 
countries which have greatest current impact 
on political and economic development in the 
United States. Alternate Years. 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, 
including the foundations of the western 
tradition in Greece, the emergence and 
expansion of the Roman state, its experience 
as a republic, and its transformation into the 
Empire. The course will focus on the social 
and intellectual life of Greece and Rome as 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



well as political and economic changes. 
Alternate years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS 

The history of Europe from the dissolution of 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 1 5th century. The 
course will deal with the growing estrangement 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and 
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of 
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation; 
the development and growth of feudalism; the 
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of the 
towns. Alternate years. 

215 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 

An in-depth study of the changing nature of 
war and its relationship to the development of 
Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the development of 
the modern nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS 
An intensive study of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural history of Europe from 
1 900-1945. Topics include the rise of inatio- 
nalism, the origins of the First World War, the , 
Communist and Fascist Revolutions, and the I 
attempts to preserve peace before 1939. 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
since 1945. Topics include the post-war 
economic recovery of Europe, the Sovietization 
of Eastern Europe, the origins of the Cold War, 
decolonization, and the flowering of the welfare 
state. Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of 
instructor. 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



220 

WOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
economic and intellectual experience of 
women in the Western World from ancient 
times to the present. 

226 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on 
the American continent, their history as 
colonies, the causes and events of the Ameri- 
can Revolution, the critical period following 
independence, and proposal and adoption of 
the United States Constitution. Alternate 
years. 

230 

AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participa- 
tion of African Americans in the United 
States. The course includes historical 
experiences such as slavery, abolition, 
reconstruction, and urbanization. It also 
raises the issue of the development and 
growth of white racism, and the effect of this 
racism on contemporary Afro-American 
social, intellectual, and political life. Alter- 
nate years. 

232 

THE RISE OF ISLAM 

A survey of the history of Islam in the 
Middle East, illuminating the foundation of 
he religion and its spread in the seventh and 
eighth centuries, the development of a high 
ivilization thereafter, and the subsequent 
t:hanges in political and social structures over 
time. Muslim interactions with Christian and 
lews will be included, but the emphasis of the 
;ourse will be to understand the history of 
[slamic civilization in its own right. The 
:ourse ends with a consideration of recent 
;rises in the Middle East and their roots in 
modern history. 



234 

ORIGINS OF EUROPE 

This course takes an in-depth look at the 
formative period of European civilization 
from the decline and fall of the Roman Empire 
to the formation, around the year 1000, of 
monarchies that resemble modern states. 
Important issues covered include the develop- 
ment and spread of early Christianity, the 
assumption of rule over Roman territory by 
barbarians, and the blending of Roman, 
Christian, and Germanic barbarian traditions 
into one European civilization. 

236 

CRUSADES: CONFLICT AND 
ACCOMMODATION 

An intensive consideration of interactions 
between Muslims and Christians in the Middle 
Ages. Hostile and fruitful relations in Spain, 
warfare in the Holy Land, and the status of 
religious minorities will be studied. In 
addition to the often violent relations between 
these major religious groups, this course 
addresses their intellectual, artistic, and 
literary developments as well as reciprocal 
influences. 

240 

MODERN CHINA 

This course will explore the social, political 
and cultural changes in China since the early 
19th Century. Particular attention will be 
given to the Communist Revolution and the 
developments in China since Mao's death. 
Alternate years. 

247 

ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA 

A history of organized crime in America 
from the Gilded Age to the present. This 
course explores the rise of organized crime 
and its ties to the urban political machines as 
well as the segregated vice districts of Nine- 
teenth Century America. Students study the 
rise of the Mafia in the Twentieth Century 
along with other ethnically based criminal 



J005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



groups. Much ol" the course centers on the 
role that organized crime has played in 
American society through such activities as 
labor racketeering, organized gambling, and 
smuggling. The course also explores differ- 
ent law enforcement efforts mounted against 
organized crime over time, culminating with 
the most recent use of broad conspiracy laws. 
Alternate years. 

312 

THE MIDDLE AGES IN MODERN 
EYES 

An in-depth study of medieval history by 
way of modem understandings of the period. 
The course will focus on academic interpreta- 
tions, but will also consider the Middle Ages in 
the popular imaginations, such as in film. 
Examination of the documents, literature, and 
art of the period constitutes the second major 
area of course assignments. Student work 
culminates in a major research project based on 
the study of translated primary sources. Prereq- 
uisite: HIST 115 or 212, or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the 
European-states system and the relations 
between the European states since the 
beginning of the French Revolution. Pre- 
requisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
■"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from 
the revolutions of 1848 through the unifica- 
tion of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence 
of the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modern America. The personalities ot 
Thomas Jefferson. John Marshall. John 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special consider- 
ation is given to the first and second party 
systems, the decline in community cohesive- 
ness, the westward movement, and the 
growing importance of the family as a unit of 
social organization. Prerequisite: HIST 125 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

330 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revolu- 
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results of 
the Napoleonic conquests and administration. 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 15 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, the 
political and military history of the war, and the 
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877. 

335 

U.S. SINCE 1945 

A survey of the political, social, and 
intellectual developments in America in the 
years following World War II. The course 
reviews both foreign policy developments in 
those years and the various social movements 
that swept across the country, including civil 
rights, feminism, the counter-culture, and 
conservatism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 
RELIGION 

The study of historical and cultural 
developments in American society which 



^m 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY • INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



relate to religion or what is commonly called 
religion. This involves consideration of the 
institutional and intellectual development of 
several faith groups as well as discussion of 
certain problems, such as the persistence of 
religious bigotry and the changing modes of 
church-state relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but 
which are historically related to its inception, 
and of the ideas and systems of ideas in- 
volved in the formulation of the major 
Reformation Protestant traditions, and in the 
atholic Reformation. Included are the ideas 
3f the humanists of the Reformation Era. 
Alternate years. 

149 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
neaning of histoiy. It will open to the student 
iifferent historical approaches and will provide 
he opportunity to explore these approaches in 
erms of particular topics and periods. Majors 
ire required to enroll in this course in either 
heirjunior or senior yeai-. Prerequisite: One 
:oursefrom HIST 328. 330, 335 or 416. 

i70-479 

NTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
[overnment agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 
al Museum. 

V80-N89 

NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Recent topics include studies of the 
Immigration of American blacks, political 
lissension in the Weimer republic, Indian 
elations before the American Revolution, and 
he history of Lycoming County. 

190-491 

NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




INSTITUTE FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES (IMS) AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Professor: Madresehee (Director) 

The purpose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportunities 
for students majoring or minoring in accounting, 
business administration, or economics. It does this 
by offering an expanded internship program, 
special seminars on important management 
topics, student involvement in faculty research 
and professional projects, executive develop- 
ment seminars, and a Management Scholars 
program for academically talented students 
(described below ). In addition, the IMS hosts 
guest speakers and conferences on cuiTent 
management issues. 



005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



The IMS also offers an exchange program 
for business, accounting and economics 
students with the Westminster Business 
School (WBS) which is part of the University 
of Westminster system located in London. 
WBS is located in the heart of London on 
Marylebone Road near Regents Park. Eligible 
students who participate in the program will 
spend one semester in London taking a full 
schedule of classes in such areas as inter- 
national business, management, accounting 
and economics. The credits received will then 
be transferred back to Lycoming College. 
Eligible WBS students are also permitted to 
study at Lycoming College for one semester. 
All students who have a declared major or 
minor in accounting, business administration, 
or economics and who are in good academic 
standing are automatically members of the 
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or 
permit other students to join the IMS who do 
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen 
who have not yet declared a major or minor. 

210 

MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar 
under the direction of the IMS faculty. A 
different interdisciplinary topic relevant to 
students in all three IMS departments is 
offered at least once a year. Completion of 
two semesters required by the Management 
Scholars Program. One-quarter unit of 
credit. Prerequisite: Membership in the 
Management Scholars Program or consent of 
IMS Director. May be repeated for credit. 

340 

MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY 
A practicum in which students work as 
interns for businesses, government agencies 
and nonprofit organizations in the 
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva- 
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington. 
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and 
research assignments vary by the credit value 
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to 
the numbers of available placements. Most 
internships are full-time paid positions. 



although part-time and unpaid positions are 
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester 
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Institute for Management Studies and 
consent of the Director. May he repeated for 
a maximum of 16 credits. 

349 

EUROPEAN BUSINESS EXPERIENCE 

An extensive European business experi- 
ence based in London that will study how and 
why businesses go global with special 
emphasis on financial, marketing and manage- 
ment issues. In addition, the course will 
explore how local business culture affects the 
management of a company. The activities 
include site visits to businesses, tours of 
financial institutions, lectures and assigned 
cultural activities. Assessment will include 
preparatory reading before the start of class, 
written reports while in Europe and a final 
project that will focus on a particular topic of 
interest. Research for this project will be 
conducted during the trip with the paper due 
after return. The class will take place in ' 

London with side trips to Oxford in the UK [ 
and Paris. After study in London, the course i 
will feature an extended trip to another 
country such as Poland, Russia or Hungary. 

IMS Scholars Program 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student 
must satisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one 
or more of the IMS departments. 
However, the IMS Director may invite 
or permit other students to join the 
Management Scholars Program who 
do not meet this criterion, such as 
freshmen who have not yet declared a 
major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, 
or exhibit strong academic potential if 
the student is a first-semester freshman. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 




D graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
udent must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor 
in one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher 
in both overall college work, and 
within an IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar 
taught per academic year on an interdisci- 
inary topic of relevance to students in all 
ree IMS departments. The seminars are 
trmally offered as one semester-hour 
lurses and do not result in overload charges 
r full-time students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
)llege Scholars may also become Manage- 
ent Scholars and participate in both programs. 



INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES (INST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

The major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, politi- 
cal, and historical environment of Europe 
today with study of Europe in its relations to 
the rest of the world, particularly the United 
States. It stresses the international relations 
of the North Atlantic community and offers 
the student opportunity to emphasize either 
European studies or international relations. 
The program provides multiple perspectives 
on the cultural traits that shape popular 
attitudes and institutions. Study of a single 
country is included as a data-base for compari- 
sons, and study of its language as a basis for 
direct communication with its people. 



15-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 

• 



The program is intended to prepare a student 
either for graduate study or for careers which 
liave an international component. Interna- 
tional obligations are increasingly assumed by 
government agencies and a wide range of 
business, social, religious, and educational 
organizations. Opportunities are found in the 
fields of journalism, publishing, communica- 
tions, trade, bank-ing, advertising, manage- 
ment, and tourism. The program also offers 
flexible career preparation in a variety of 
essential skills, such as research, data analysis, 
report writing, language skills, and the 
awareness necessary for dealing with people 
and institutions of another culture. Prepara- 
tion for related careers can be obtained 
through the guided selection of courses 
outside the major in the areas of business, 
economics, foreign languages and literatures, 
government, history, and international 
relations or through a second major. Students 
should design their programs in consultation 
with members of the Committee on Interna- 
tional Studies. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. By completing a major in the 
foreign languages (five or more courses) and 
the education program, students can be certified 
to teach that language. 

The International Studies program also 
encourages participation in study abroad 
programs such as the affiliate programs in 
England, France and Spain on page 51, as well 
as the Washington and United Nations 
semesters. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: INST 449. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses including 
INST 449 plus the following: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this 
group are designed to provide a basic under- 



standing of the international system and of 
Europe's relations with the rest of the world. 
PSCI 225 is required. 

PSCI 225 International Relations 

ECON 343 International Trade 

HIST 320 European Diplomatic History 

PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this grou 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and econom 
environment. HIST 1 16 and ECON 240 are 
required. 

HIST 1 16 Western Civilization II 
ECON 240 Economic Geography 
PSCI 22 1 Comparative Politics and 

Geography 
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe 

National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 311) 

GERM 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above 

SPAN 221, plus one course numbered 222 or 

above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which wil 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 

France FRN 3 1 1 Modern France 

Germany HIST N80 Topics in 

German History 
Spain SPAN 311 Hispanic Culture 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALC 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE 




lective Course - One course which should 
vol ve further study of some aspect of the 
ograni. Appropriate courses are any area or 
ternational relations courses not yet taken; 
1ST 1 15, 215; PSCI 327; related foreign 
erature courses counting toward the fine arts 
quirement and internships. 

»9 

3NI0R SEMINAR 

I A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
nior year, in which students and several 
culty members will pursue an integrative 
pic in the field of international studies, 
udents will work to some extent indepen- 
;ntly. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
minar will be open to qualified persons from 
itside the major and the College. Prerequi- 
e: Consent of instructor. 



LITERATURE lit) 

This major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 200 
and above in English and 400 and above in 
foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent 
study, may have as its subject another period, a 
particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. Beyond 
these six, the major must include at least two 
additional courses from among those counting 
toward a major in the departments involved. 
Any prerequisite courses in the respective 
departments (for example: ENGL 106, FRN 
221-222 or 31 1, GERM 221-222, SPAN 221- 
222) should be taken during the freshman year. 
Students should design their programs in 
consultation with a faculty member from each 
of the literatures concerned. Programs for the 
major must be approved by the departments 
involved. 



[)5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 




MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, 

Peluso (Chairperson), Sprechini 
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Yin 
Instructor: Pritchett 
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, 

Davis 

The Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers major and minor programs in computer 
science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

The B. A. Degree 

The B.A. degree in computer science consists 
of 13 courses: MATH 216; either MATH 109 or 
128 (or exemption by examination from 128); 
one from MATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR 125, 
246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 448, and three other 
computer science courses numbered 220 or 
above including approved internships, or 
MATH 338. 

The B.S. Degree 

The B.S. degree in computer science consists 
of 17 courses: MATH 128 (or exemption by 
examination from 128), 129, 216 and either 
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 
445, 448; three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences 
BIO 1I0-I11,CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225- 
226; and one additional course from the 
following list of courses: Biology course 



numbered 1 10 or above. Chemistry course 
numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course 
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214. 
231,233,234,238,332,333. 

Students considering graduate work in 
computer science should take MATH 128, 12' 
and 130. Recommended extra-departmental 
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular 
courses listed below, special courses are 
occasionally available. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CPTR 246, 247, 346, and 448. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
MATH 216, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two other 
computer science courses numbered 220 or above. 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a singi 
file, in the Windows environment. One-half 
unit of credit. This course may not be used to 
meet distribution requirements. 

108 

COMPUTING ESSENTIALS I 

An introduction to the use of computers in 
problem solving and programming. Included 
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and 
programming. The course teaches the use of 
simple techniques in areas such as number 
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the 
mathematics of business and finance. The 
programming component of the course is 
currently based on the Visual Basic program- 
ming language. Emphasis is given to the 
processes involved in mathematical modeling 
and problem solving. Laboratory experience ii 
included using current software. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to the discipline of computer 
science with emphasis on programming utili- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO(i 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



dng a block-structured high-level programming 
anguage. Topics include algorithms, program 
tructure, and computer configuration. Labora- 
ory experience is included. Prerequisite: Credit 
or or exemption from MATH 100. 

;;46 

»R1NCIPLES OF ADVANCED 
PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
ncluding structured and object oriented 
irogramming, stepwise refinement, assertion 
Proving, style, debugging, control structures, 
ecision tables, finite state machines, recur- 
ion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of 

or better in CPTR 125. 

47 

)ATA STRUCTURES 

Representation of data and analysis of 
Igorithms associated with data structures, 
bpics include representation of lists, trees, 
^■aphs and strings, algorithms for searching 
nd sorting. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or 
etter in CPTR 246, or consent of instructor, 
^orequisite: MATH 216. 

48 

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN 

Study of modem programming language 
esign and implementation. Paradigms studied 
iclude procedural, functional, logic, and object- 
riented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data 
/pes, data structures, storage management, 
nd control structures. Laboratory experience 

included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

21 

VTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
NALYSIS 

Topics from the theoiy of interpolation; 
unierical approaches to approximation of 
)ots and functions, integration, systems of 
ifferen-tial equations, linear systems, matrix 
iversion, and the eigenvalue problem. 
rerequisites: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; 
lATH 130 strongly recommended. Cross- 
ned as MATH 321. 



324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot be 
solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as MATH 324. Alternate years. 

331 

COMPUTER NETWORKS 

This course introduces the following 
computer networking concepts: LAN, WAN, 
FTP, TCP/IP, HTTP, network topologies, 
Ethernet, OSI model, routers, switches, and 
wiring technologies. Students will set up a 
LAN using a mix of available operating systems 
and networking software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246. 

342 

WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING 

Intermediate programming on the World Wide 
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues 
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java, 
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or 

consent of instructor Alternate years. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional objects. 
Subjects covered include but not limited to: 
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color 
models, and rendering. Prerequisites: CPTR 246 
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor; 
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years. 

346 

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of computer organization, 
architecture, and machine language. Topics 
include machine and assembly languages, 
internal representation of data, processor data 



05-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



path and control, pipelined processors, 
memory hierarchies, and performance issues. 
Laboratory experience is included. Pre- 
requisite: A grade of C- or better in CPTR 
246: CPTR 247 strongly recommended. 

349 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

An in-depth introduction to the relational 
database model and SQL. Topics include but 
are not limited to: relational algebra, relational 
calculus, normalization, design theory of 
relational databases, SQL standards, and query 
optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

441 

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL 
INTELLIGENCE 

Introduction to the theory, implementation 
techniques, and applications of artificial 
intelligence. Topics may include but are not 
limited to knowledge representation, problem 
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language 
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 247. Alternate years. 

442 

INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 

Designing, building and programming 
mobile robots. Some advanced topics are 
covered which may include control theory, 
robotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is 
essential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

445 

OPERATING SYSTEMS 

Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling, 
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, 
file management, real and virtual memory 
management, file and memory addressing, and 
distributed processing. Prerequisites: CPTR 
247 and 346. 

448 

ADVANCED DESIGN AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

Individual or group research and implementa- 
tion projects. Includes analysis, design, 
development and documentation of a signifi- 
cant current, relevant problem and its com- 



puter-based solution. 

Alternate rears. 



Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 



470 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-49 1 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

MATHEMATICS (MATH) 

A major in mathematics consists of CPTR 
125, MATH 128 (or exemption by examina- 
tion from 128), 129, 130, 234, 238. 432, 434, 
and two other mathematics courses numbered 
220 or above, one of which may be replaced 
by MATH 1 12, 214 or 216. In addition, four 
semesters of non-credit math Colloquium are 
required: two semesters each of MATH 339 
and MATH 449 with at least two of the four 
semesters for a letter grade, one of which 
must be in MATH 449. All majors are 
advised to elect PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 
225. 226. 

The following course, when scheduled as i 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: MATH 234. 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification in mathematics are required to 
coiTiplete MATH 330 as one of the two 
mathematics elective courses, and are also 
required to take a statistics course. The 
statistics course requirement can be satisfied 
by either taking one of MATH 214 or 332 as 
the second mathematics elective course, or by 
taking MATH 123 in addition to the second 
mathematics elective course. PHIL 217 is 
recommended. See the Education section 
(page 99) for additional secondary certification 
requirements. 

Students who are interested in pursuing a 
career in actuarial science should consider the 
actuarial mathematics major. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALQi 



« 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of MATH 
128 (or exemption by examination from 128), 
129, and either 2 1 6 or 234; 238; one additional 
:ourse selected from 1 30, 214, or any course 
lumbered 200 or above; and two semesters of 
VIATH 339, Colloquium, one taken Pass/Fail, 
ind one taken for a letter grade. The two 
;emesters of colloquium may be replaced by 
my course numbered 220 or above. 

100 

NDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 

NSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 

A computer-based program of instruction 
n basic algebra including arithmetic and 
iecimals, fractions, the real number line, 
actoring, solutions to linear and quadratic 
;quations, graphs of linear and quadratic 
"unctions, expressions with rational expo- 
lents, algebraic functions, exponential 
"unctions, and inequalities. This course is 
imited to students placed therein by the 
vlathematics Department. One-half unit of 
:redit. 

[06 

:OMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of counting 
)roblems. Topics include permutations, 
;ombinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
iion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
lature of the subject allows questions to be 
)osed in everyday language while still 
ieveloping sophisticated mathematical 
:oncepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
•xemption from MATH 100. 

09 

\PPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

An intuitive approach to the calculus 
foncepts with applications to business, 
i)iology, and social-science problems. Not 
j)pen to students who have completed MATH 
28. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption 
rom MATH 100. 



112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, 
social sciences, and operations research. The 
course will include both deterministic models 
such as graphs, networks, linear programming 
and voting models, and probabihstic models 
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from MA TH 1 00. 

123 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical 
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous 
probability distributions. Central Limit 
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses 
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests, 
nonparametric tests, linear regression and 
correlation. Other topics may include index 
numbers, time series, sampling design, and 
experimental design. Course also includes some 
use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: Credit for 
or exemption from MATH 100. 

Ill 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129), or 
those whose major specifically requires 
Precalculus. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from MATH 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC 
GEOMETRY 1 - II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections 
and their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external 
problems, areas of plane regions, volumes of 
solids of revolution, and other applications; 
differentiation and integration of transcenden- 



'005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



tal functions, parametric equations, polar 
coordinates, infinite sequences and series, and 
series expansions of functions. Prerequisite 
for 128: Exemption from or a i>rade ofC- or 
better in MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: 
exemption from or a i^rade ofC- or better in 
MATH 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of 
linear mappings. The fixed point problem. 
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite: 
MATH 127 or its equivalent. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involv- 
ing several variables. Topics include multiple 
regression and correlation, one-and two-way 
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, 
analysis of two- and three-way contingency 
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
and canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
ric methods. Course also includes extensive 
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade of C- or better in 
MATH 123 or its equivalent, or a grade of C- 
or better in any mathematics course num- 
bered 129 or above. 

216 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, parti- 
tions and quotient sets, mathematical induc- 
tion, recursive functions, elementary logic, 
discrete number systems, elementary combina- 
torial theory, and general algebraic structures 
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean 
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor. 



231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetermined 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: y 
grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH L 
recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238. 
Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a bridge 
from elementary calculus to advanced courses 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade 
ofC- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both 
courses recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi- 
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, 
matrices; lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vecto 
functions of a single variable, acceleration, 
curvature; functions for several variables, 
gradient; line integrals, vector fields, multiple 
integrals, change of variable, areas, volumes; 
Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of 
C- or better in MATH 129, and either MATH 
130 or 23 1. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
iNUMERICAL ANALYSIS 
i Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
'numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver- 
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi- 
sites: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 
strongly recommended. Cross-listed as CPTR 
321. 

324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot 
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry with an historical perspective. 
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II 

A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, 
test of hypotheses, regression and linear 
hypotheses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera- 
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi- 
site: MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years. 

2()()5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



400 

TOPICS IN ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 

Study of topics selected from those 
covered on the examinations administered by 
the Society of Actuaries, with the exception 
of the topics already covered in MATH 332- 
333. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or better in 
both MATH 129 and 130. With consent of the 
instructor, this course may be repeated for 
credit. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology of 
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact- 
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on 
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu- 
ity, differentiability; series and convergence; 
Riemann integral. Prerequisites: MATH 238 
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisites: MATH 
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

438 
SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students with 
more than the usual opportunity for concen- 
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 

339 & 449 

MATH COLLOQUIUM 

This required non-credit course for math- 
ematics majors and minors and actuarial 
mathematics majors offers students a chance 
to hear presentations on topics related to, but 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE 




not directly covered in formal MATH 
courses. Mathematics majors present two 
lectures, one during the junior year and one 
during the senior year. Actuarial mathematics 
majors and mathematics minors present one 
lecture during one of the semesters in which 
they are enrolled. A letter grade will be given 
in semesters in which the student gives a 
presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of 
instructor. One hour per week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MILITARY 
SCIENCE (MLsc) 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycom- 
ing College students in cooperation with 
Bucknell University. Details of the ROTC 
program can be found on page 42. 

The following courses may be used to 
fulfill one semester of the Physical Activities 
Distribution Requirement: 01 1, 021, 031 or 
041. 

on 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and with the 
Army as a potential employer after gradu- 
ation. Students will learn about the Army's 
history, organization, equipment, and role in 
the nation. Students will also learn some 
fundamental military skills, customs, and 
traditions. No credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MILITARY SCIENCE 




012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills learned 
in the previous semester. Several classes will 
be held at the rifle range to develop marks- 
manship skills. There will also be training in 
radio communication and first aid skills. No 
credit. 

021 

ILAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. The 
course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map tenain 
association. There will also be some instruc- 
tion and practice in military writing and 
briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept, 
personal character, decision-making, imple- 



menting decisions, motivation and supervision. 
The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student sei^ves as a cadet officer in the 
ROTC organization and plans and organizes 
several major training activities. Course work 
includes delegating and controlling, setting 
objectives, making leadership assessments, 
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply 
the skills learned in the previous semester. 
The course also examines military officership 
as a profession and the ethical behavior 
expected of an officer. The course also serves 
to prepare the student for an initial assignment 
as an Army lieutenant. A^o credit. 



' 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



MUSIC (Mus) 



Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer 

Visiting Instructor: Woodruff 

Part-time Instructors: Adams, Anstey, Becker, 
Breon. Campbell. Gilbert, Hickey, Lakey, 
Leidhecker, Lundquist, Mianulli, 
Rammon, Savoy, Schmidt 

The student majoring in music is required 
to take a balanced program of music theory, 
history, applied music, and ensemble. A 
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all 
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and 
vocal methods courses) is required and must 
include MUS 110, 11 1, 220, 221, 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the 
entire period in which the individual is 
registered as a music major (see MUS 160- 
169). The major must include at least one-half 
hour of piano in the applied program unless a 
piano proficiency test is requested and passed. 
Anyone declaring music as a second major 
must do so by the beginning of the junior year. 

Music majors seeking teacher certification 
in music education (K-12) must also take PSY 
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, 239, the pre-student 
teaching participation, and the Professional 
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341, 
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina- 
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification 
in music education should consult with the 
department as soon as possible, preferably 
before scheduling classes for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
non-majors select courses from the following 
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS 
116, 117, 128. 135-138, 224, and 234. Applied 
music and ensemble courses may also be used 
to meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
majors and other students qualified in perfor- 
mance may present formal recitals. 




The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: MUS 116, 128, and 
234. The following course, when scheduled 
as a W course, counts toward the writing 
intensive requirement: MUS 336. 

110-111 

MUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for students 
who have some music-reading ability, which 
examines the fundamental components and 
theoretical concepts of music. Students develop 
musicianship through application of applied 
skills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS I JO. 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and tech- 
niques of music. Examples drawn from various 
periods of western and non-western styles are 
designed to enhance perception and apprecia- 
tion through careful and informed listenins. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



!•- 



MUSIC 



117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the 
present. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader 
culture of each major era. 

128 

AMERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of 
American music from pre-Revolutionary days to 
the present. Categories to be covered are folk 
music of different origins, the development of 
show music into Broadway musicals, serious 
concert music for large and small ensembles, 
jazz, and various popular musics from "Tin Pan 
Alley" to Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvisa- 
tion and choreography. Prerequisite for MUS 
136: MUS ] 35 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 135- 
136. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets 
de cour of 17th century France to the present 
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, 
Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half 
unit of credit. Not open to students who have 
received credit for THEA 137. Cross-listed as 
THEA 137. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization. One-half unit of credit. Not open 



to students who have received credit for 
THEA 138. Cross-listed as THEA 138. 

220-221 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz- 
ers in combination with sequencing computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1 890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and inteipretation in ballet, jazz and 
modern dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. PrerequisiteforMUS235: MUS 136 or 
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One- 
luilfiinit of credit ecicli. Not open to students 
wlio have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 235- 
236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and 
non-majors who wish to explore their 
composing abilities. Guided individual 
projects in smaller instrumental and vocal 
forms, together with identification and use of 
techniques employed by the major composers 
of the 20th century. Prerequisite: MUS 111 or 
consent of instructor. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequent 
opportunity for practical experience. Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical development, 
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity. 
Prerequisites: MUS 110-111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expres- 
sive, and informed conducting. Other areas 
such as the development of rehearsal tech- 
niques and improvement of aural skills will be 
addressed on a continual basis. Prerequisites: 
MUS 110-111 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras. 



336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman- 
tic, and modern eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modern orchestral instruments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instrumen- 
tation. The College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisites: MUS 1 10-1 1 1 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Methods and materials of teaching music ir 
the elementaiy school with emphasis on con- 
ceptual development through singing, moving 
listening, playing classroom instruments, and 
creating music. Course work will include peer 
teaching demonstrations, practical use of the 
recorder and autoharp, as well as observation 
of music classes in elementary schools in the 
Greater Williamsport area. Alternate years. 

341 I 

TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music ii 
the secondary schools with emphasis on the 
development of concepts and skills for 
effective instruction in all aspects of music 
learning. The teaching of general music and 
music theory, as well as the organizing and 
conducting of choral and instrumental en- 
sembles, will be examined. Course work will 
include evaluation of instructional and 
performance materials, practical use of the 
recorder and guitar in middle school settings, 
as well as observation of music classes in 
secondary schools in the Greater Williamsport 
area. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALCX 



!•- 



MUSIC 



440 

COMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
style of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instrumental and vocal 
forms, together with analysis of selected 
works from the 20th century repertory. Pre- 
requisite: MUS 330 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 

The intensive study of a selected area of 
music literature, designed to develop research 
techniques in music. The topic is announced 
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1900-1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, 117 or 
221: or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi- 
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160- 
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart- 
ment. May be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

The study of performance in piano, harpsi- 
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to 
develop sound technique and a knowledge of 
the appropriate literature for the instrument. 

2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 
Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One 
half- hour lesson per week earns one half-hour 
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if 
the student enrolls for one or two ensembles 
(for more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be 
substituted for an academic course, but should 
be taken in addition to the normal four aca- 
demic courses. 

Applied music courses are private lessons 
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsi- 
chord; 161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163, 
Organ; 164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166, 
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional 
Charges under Financial Matters on page 13. 

167 

ORCHESTRA 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this 
regional ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. 
is contingent upon audition and the availabil- 
ity of openings. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in 
orchestra only should register for MUS 167B 
(one hour credit). A student may belong to 
two ensembles, choosing either Choir or 
Concert Band as the second group. Such a 
student will then register for MUS 167A (1/2 
hour credit) plus either MUS 168 A (1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHOIR 

The Lycoming College Choir is open to all 
students who would like to sing in an en- 
semble setting. Emphasis is on performing 
quality choral literature while developing 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 

• 



good vocal technique. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir 
only should register for MUS 168B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two different 
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band 
as the second ensemble. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169 A (Band - 1/2 hour 
credit). If a student has auditioned and been 
selected for the Chamber Choir (no credit 
available), he/she should register for MUS 
1 68C in addition to registering for the 
Lycoming College Choir. 

169 

BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and 
develop personal musicianship through 
participation in group instrumental activity. 
Participation in the Band is contingent upon 
audition. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in Band only should 
register for MUS 169B (one hour credit). A 
student may belong to two ensembles. 



choosing either Orchestra or Choir as the 
second group. Such a student will then 
register for MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either MUS 167A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 
168 A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has 
auditioned and been selected for the wood- 
wind or brass quintets (no credit available), 
he/she should register for MUS 169C or 
169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL 

METHODS 

Instrumental and vocal methods classes 
are designed to provide students seeking 
certification in music education with a basic 
understanding of all standard band and 
orchestral instruments as well as a familiarity 
with fundamental techniques of singing. 

MUS 261 Brass Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 262 Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 
MUS 265 Vocal Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



PHILOSOPHY 




PHILOSOPHY (PHIL) 

Professors: Griffith, Whelan 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

Part-time Instructor: Chappen 

The study of philosophy develops a critical 
understanding of the basic concepts and 
presuppositions around which we organize our 
thought in morality, law, religion, science, 
education, the arts and other human endeavors. 
A major in philosophy, together with other 
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent 
preparation for policy-making positions of 
many kinds, for graduate study in several 
fields, and for careers in education, law, and 
the ministry. 

The major in philosophy requires eight 
courses, including PHIL 223, 224, 225, 440, 
and at least three others numbered 300 or 
above. PHIL 340 can be counted toward the 
major only once except with departmental 
approval. With permission of the department, 
PHIL 105 and an additional 300-level course 
may be substituted for PHIL 225. Majors 

I 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



who demonstrate strong competence on a 
departmental logic test may substitute an 
additional 300-level course for PHIL 225. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHIL 216, 217, 218, 219, 301, 
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

Minors 

The Philosophy Department offers four 
minors: ( 1 ) Philosophy — any four philosophy 
courses numbered 220 or above, or any five 
philosophy courses that include three num- 
bered 220 or above. (2) Philosophy and 
Law — four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 
335, 336, 337, 340, and independent studies. 
(3) Philosophy & Science — four courses form 
PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340, and independent 
studies. (4) Ethics — four courses from PHIL 
224, 335. 336, 340, and independent studies; 
one of these may be replaced by two from 
114, 115,216, 219. Since topics in PHIL 340 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



'HILOSOPHY 



and independent studies vary, these courses 
may count toward a minor only if they are 
approved by the department. 

105 

PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING 

An introduction to the elements of critical 
thinking centered on developing the skills 
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate 
arguments. Not open to juniors and seniors 
except with consent of instructor. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a number of contemporary moral issues 
which call for personal decision. Topics often 
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to 
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
morality. Discussion centers on some of the 
suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to make such decisions. Not open to 
Juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

115 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 
the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of fair 
distribution of goods and opportunities, the 
legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to busi- 
ness practice. Discussion centers on some of 
the suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to deal with these issues. Not open to 
juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

140 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

A study of several central philosophical 
problems, such as the problem of free will and 
determinism, the relationship between mind and 



body, the nature and limits of human knowl- 
edge, arguments about the existence of God, 
and the problem of personal identity. Not 
open to juniors and seniors except with 
consent of instructor. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to the foundations of 
communication. Theories of truth and meaninj 
are illustrated by means of practical examples 
with special attention given to the issue of 
objectivity and bias in communication. 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

A systematic and philosophically informec 
consideration of some typical moral problems 
faced by individuals in a business setting, anc 
a philosophical examination of some commoi 
moral criticisms of the American business system.) 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 
indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

A philosophical examination of some 
important controversies which arise in 
connection with the American criminal justice 
system. Typically included are controversies 
about the nature and purpose of punishment, 
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct 
understanding of criminal responsibility, and 
the rationale and extent of our basic human 
rights with respect to the criminal law. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALQl 



PHILOSOPHY 



219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
'■[tion of health care resources. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
'^ [philosophy and science in the works of the 
i [ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
isihow scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
jdispute in science and metaphysics, and to the 
^ [interaction between philosophy and science in 
jformulating fundamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
criticizing concepts designed to answer them. 

224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

I An historical survey of the most important 
-social and political philosophers from 
iSocrates to Marx. Special attention is paid to 
the relationship between ethics and politics as 
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. 

225 
; SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modern symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
.Included are truth-functional relations, the 
jlogic of propositional functions, and deductive 
systems. Attention is also given to 
various topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Alternate years. 



301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of reli- 
gious discourse, arguments for and against the 
existence of God, and the relation between 
reli-gion and science. Readings from 
classical and contemporary sources. Pre- 
requisite: Students without previous study in 
philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically impor- 
tant conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 
importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL 
PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five defining 
works of contemporary political philosophy, 
beginning with the work of John Rawls. 
Prerequisite: Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry about the grounds for distin- 
guishing morally right from morally wrong 



'|'2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



actions. Central to this course is critical 
consideration of important theories, such as 
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as 
well as historically important theorists, such as 
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor Alternate 
years. 

336 

CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five centrally 
important works of contemporary moral 
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 

An introduction to the philosophy of law 
using both classical and contemporary 
sources. General theories concerning the 
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues 
which arise primarily within a legal context, 
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students 




without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

SPECIAL TOPICS 

Study of selected philosophical problems, 
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics 
include ethical obligations to animals, lying 
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics, 
research on human subjects, and artificial 
intelligence. Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor 
With consent of the instructor, this course ma 
he repeated for credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 
AND WRITING 

In-depth instruction in both the indepen- 
dent and the cooperative aspects of philo- 
sophical research and writing. Each student 
undertakes an approved research project and 
produces a substantial philosophical paper. 
Open only to, and required of senior philoso 
pliy majors. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls" 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia. 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor: Holmes (Chaiiperson) 
Part-time Instructor: Dill 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 
Students must successfully complete any 
jombination of two semesters of course work 
selected from the following: 



Designated Physical Activities courses. 
Designated varsity athletics. 
Designated wellness courses. 
Designated community service projects. 
Designated military science courses (01 
021.031,041). 



PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 
COURSES (PHED) 

:0(iS-()6 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



102 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of physical education. Coeduca- 
tional classes meet twice a week with basic 
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and 
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is 
on the potential use of activities as recre- 
ational and leisure time interests. No credit. 

105 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
physical education. Coeducational classes 
meet twice a week with basic instruction in 
fundamentals, knowledge, and appreciation of 
various sports. Emphasis is on the potential 
use of activities as recreational and leisure 
time interests. No credit. 

110-125 

VARSITY ATHLETICS 

Students who compete on a varsity sports 
team may register for a semester of Physical 
Activity during the semester listed. Two full 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



seasons iiuist be completed to satisfy the 
Physical Activity requirement. No credit. It is 
the student's responsibility to withdraw 
from the course should they not complete 
the season. 

110 -BASKETBALL 

111 -CROSSCOUNTRY 

112 -FOOTBALL 

113 -GOLF 

114 -SOCCER 

115 -SOFTBALL 

116 -SWIMMING 

117 -TENNIS 

118 -TRACK 

119- VOLLEYBALL 

120 - WRESTLING 

121 - LACROSSE 

WELLNESS (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of wellness study. WeUness courses 
meet two hours per week covering various 
topics that may include Stress Management, 
Preventing Communicable Diseases. Personal 
Health and Wellness, and other current health 
issues. These courses promote student 
wellness during their stay at Lycoming as well 
as their post graduate years. No credit. This 
course may be repeated with the same topic 
only with departmental consent. 

105 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 
hours per week covering various topics that 
may include Stress Management, Preventing 
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. 
These courses promote student wellness 
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their 
post graduate years. No credit. This course 
may be repeated with the same topic only with 
departmental consent. 



106 

FIRST AID/CPR 

This course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. This course will prepare 
students to recognize emergencies and make 
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also 
included are an emphasis on safety and 
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk 
of injury and illness. American Red Cross 
First Aid and CPR certifications are earned 
upon successful completion of the course. No 
credit. 

COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS) 

These courses require 2-3 hours per week 
in a combination of seminars and agency 
placement. Child abuse and criminal back- 
ground clearances may be required to work ai 
a particular agency. Students must meet with 
the Community Service Director in the 
Campus Ministry Center during the preregis- 
tration process to obtain further information 
and forms. Clearances must be obtained prio 
to the beginning of the semester in which the 
student is registered for Community Service. 

105 

COMMUNITY SERVICE I 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community service. An experiential learning ; 
opportunity accomplished in conjunction witi 
local agencies or college departments. The 
outcome of such service will promote 
students' personal and social development as 
well as civic responsibility. No credit. May \ 
not be repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY SERVICE II 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community sen'ice. Students may elect to 
enroll in a second semester of community 
service to satisfy the graduation requirement. 
This will require the student to be engaged in 
a somewhat more sophisticated level of 
learning and service. No credit. Prerequi- 
site: COMS 105. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



e 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO( 




POLITICAL SCIENCE 



POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (psci) 

,Professor: Roskin (Chairperson) 
jAssistant Professor: Williamson 
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Wishard 

The major is designed to provide a systematic 
understanding of government and politics at the 
iinternational, national, state, and local levels. 
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to 
make independent, objective analyses which 
:an be applied to the broad spectrum of the 
social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major can 
orovide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrative work 
n federal, state, or local governments, interna- 
ional organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach secondary 
ichool social studies may major in political 



science but should consult their advisors and 
the education department. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 99. 

A major in Political Science consists of ten 
courses as follows: PSCI 106, 1 10, and 400; 
two courses in American politics from PSCI 
211, 212, 213, 214, 316, and 347; one course 
in Legal Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334, 
335, and 436; two courses in World Politics 
from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, and 439; and 
two additional Political Science courses. 
Prospective majors are encouraged to take 
PSCI 1 06 in their freshman year. An exemp- 
tion will be granted only if it strengthens the 
student's program. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: PSCI 221, 327 and 
347. The following courses, when scheduled 
as W courses, count toward the writing 
intensive requirement: PSCI 210, 334, 400, 
and 439. 

Minors 

The department offers four minors: 

1 ) Political Science — any four courses 
numbered 200 or above excluding PSCI 2 1 
and 400. 

2) American Politics — PSCI 1 10 and four 
courses selected from PSCI 2 11, 2 12, 2 13, 2 14, 
3 1 6, or 347 . 3 ) World Politics — four courses 
selected from PSCI 22 1 , 225, 243, 327, or 439. 
4) Legal Studies — four courses selected from 
PSCI 33 1 , 332, 334, 335, or 436. 

Students are encouraged to consult with 
department members on the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

The U.S. political system in comparative 
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and 
examples to ground students in the objective 
analysis of politics. 

110 

U.S. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

The ideologies, institutions, and processes 
of American politics at the national level, with 



,^005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



attention to the internal workings of govern- 
ment and the extra-governmental actors — 
including voters, political parties, and interest 
groups — that influence policy. 

210 

COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY 

Reviews and critiques the impact of the mass 
media on American society. Consideration of 
how the media form attitudes, nominate and 
elect candidates, cover news, and monitor govern- 
mental activities as well as possible remedies to 
media-related problems. Alternate years. 

211 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 

212 

POLITICAL PARTIES 

The role and impact of political parties in 
America, focusing on theories of individual 
partisan attitudes and behavior, party organi- 
zations and activities, and partisan perfor- 
mance in government. Alternate years. 

213 

CONGRESSIONAL POLITICS 

Study of the U.S. Congress emphasizing 
internal structure and operations, rules and 
procedures, party leadership, committee system, 
external influences, incentives for congressional 
behavior, and elections. Alternate years. 

214 

THE PRESIDENCY 

The structure and behavior of the American 
presidency, including elections, organization 
of the office, and relation to other national 
institutions. Alternate years. 

221 

COMPARATIVE POLITICS 
AND GEOGRAPHY 

The politics and geography of nations in 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And 
South American in a search for comparisons 
and patterns. Includes history, institutions, 
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises. 



225 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

The basic factors and concepts of interna- 
tional relations, such as international system; 
national interest and security, wars, decolon- 
ization, nationalism, economic development, 
trade blocs, and international law and 
organizations. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, hov 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 

316 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic anc 
methodology of polling. Content includes 
exploration of the processes by which people "s 
political opinions are formed, the manipulation 
of public opinion through the uses of propa- 
ganda, and the American response to politics 
and political issues. Alternate years. 

327 

WAR AND PEACE IN THE MIDDLE LAS': 
Why is the Middle East such a dangerous 
region? The geography, history, religions, an 
politics that make its wars and its chances for 
peace. Alternate years. 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

332 

COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE SYSTEM 

The course consists of two components: 
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crinii- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



nal procedure carefully explores constitu- 
tional law and procedural rules which 
dominate court handling of criminal cases. 
Criminal law explores concepts relating to 
criminal responsibility and the establishment 
of selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on 
"hot button" issues in the field: balancing 
protection of fundamental freedoms against 
society's need to solve an prevent crime; plea 
negotiations; the politicizing of the criminal 
justice system; mandatory sentencing 
schemes; management challenges to fast 
handling of criminal cases; the changing line 
between juvenile and adult criminal court; 
wisdom of using criminal punishment in an 
attempt to control some forms of behavior. 
There will be two field trips to court proceed- 
lings. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, 
or consent of instructor. 

1 334 
LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING 

Students learn to perform legal research 
<mth realistic problems in civil and criminal 
leases drawing upon statutory, constitutional, 
jregulatory, procedural and common law. 
They will write briefs and memoranda based 
upon the research in the form expected of 
ilegal interns and paralegal personnel. Some 
iclasses may be held at the Lycoming County 
Courthouse law library. Alternate years. 
\\Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to 
ithe family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, 
iand minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
isenior standing, or consent of instructor. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 
elective and nonelective activities, and 

(§2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



includes analyses of women's issues currently 
on legislative and court agendas. Alternate 
years. 

400 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

Capstone course required of majors, 
normally taken in their senior year, integrates 
and deepens knowledge and methods of the 
study of politics by means of empirical 
political inquiry and quantitative techniques. 
Open to non-majors with consent of instructor. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 

An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing, or consent of instructor. 

439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as interns in structured learning 
situations with a wide variety of public and 
private agencies and organizations. Students 
have served as interns with the Public 
Defender's Office, the Lycoming County 
Court Administrator, and the Williamsport 
City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 




PSYCHOLOGY (psy) 

Professor: Ryan, Berthold 

Assistant Professors: Hill. Kelley, Beery. 

Olsen (Chairperson) 
Visiting Instructor: Williams 
Visiting Part-time Assistant Professors: 

Mitchell, Philippen 
Visiting Part-time Instructor: Cimini 

The major provides training in both 
theoretical and applied psychology. It is 
designed to meet the needs of students 
seeking careers in psychology or other natural 
or social sciences. It also meets the needs of 
students seeking a better understanding of 
human behavior as a means of furthering 
individual and career goals in other areas. 
Psychology majors and others are urged to 
discuss course selections in psychology with 
members of the department to help insure 
appropriate course selection. 

The B. A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree, students must 
complete 32 semester hours in psychology 

I. YCOMING COLLEGE 



^M 



including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and 436. 
Statistics is also required. 

The B.S. degree 

To complete the B.S. degree, students 
must complete 32 semester hours in psychol 
ogy and statistics as described for the B.A. 
and take the following additional courses: 

• One additional lab course in 
Psychology from PSY 324 or 333; 

• Three of the following Natural 
Science courses from at least two 
departments: BIO 110, 111,323, 
338; CHEM 1 10. 1 1 1 ; PHYS 225, 
226; 

• One of the following computation 
courses: CPTR 125; MATH 128, 
214; ECON 230,441; 

• An Individual Studies or Honors 
Project in Psychology or, with 
department permission, an Internship 
or the Practicum in Psychology. 

Students are also recommended to take 
one of the following: PHIL 223, 225, or 
333. 

Students interested in teacher certifica- 
tion should refer to the Department of 
Education on page 99. 

The following course satisfies the 
cultural diversity requirement: PSY 341. 
The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing 
intensive requirement: PSY 225, 324, 431. 
432, and 436. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including 
PSY 1 10, two courses numbered 200 or 
higher, and one course from PSY 324, 333. 
431, or 432. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or 
applied topic in psychology. Different 
topics will be explored different semesters. 

2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO- 



PSYCHOLOGY 



Potential topics include the psychology of 
disasters, applied behavioral psychology, and 
organizational psychology. The course is 
open to elementary and advanced under- 
graduates. One-half unit of credit. Maybe 
repeated once for credit with departmental 
permission. May not he used to satisfy 
distribution or major requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personal- 
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition, 
and developmental. 

116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, 
and treatment. The various models for the 
concept-ualization of abnormal behavior are 
critically examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

138 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas 
considered may include educational objec- 
tives, pupil and teacher characteristics, 
concept learning, problem-solving and 
creativity, attitudes and values, motivation, 
retention and transfer, evaluation and 

2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



measurement. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

211 

LEARNING DISABILITIES 

An examination of learning disabilities, 
emotional problems, and social problems of 
children. Topics will include the legal and 
educational rights of children with disabili- 
ties, the various categories of disability 
qualifying for Special Education services, 
assessment of children with learning disabili- 
ties, characteristics of and interventions to 
help children with learning disabilities and 
attention difficulties, the educational place- 
ments and support services available, and 
Individualized Educational Programs (EEPs). 
Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

216 

ABNORMAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 

This course examines in detail the symp- 
toms, assessment, causes, and treatments for 
psychological disorders primarily experienced 
by children and adolescents, including in the 
school setting. These include separation 
anxiety. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity 
Disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant 
disorder, conduct disorder, learning disabili- 
ties, autism, Asperger's disorder, and mental 
retardation. This course also explores the 
application of specific treatment approaches 
to children/adolescents for disorders that can 
be experienced by both children and adults 
(e.g., phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, 
post traumatic stress disorder, depression, 
bipolar disorder). Interventions for difficulties 
such as peer/social problems, physical 
conditions/illness, traumatic brain injury, and 
the effects of poverty, divorce, and abuse are 
also discussed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

220 

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS 

This course will review current theory and 
research on love. The progress of close, 
interpersonal relationships from initiation to 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 



termination will be discussed. In addition, 
the relation between love and sex will be 
explored, and current research on sexuality 
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

112> 

FOUNDATIONS OF SPORT AND 

EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to sport and exercise 
psychology, from the history and 
development of the field to the theories and 
principles that are central to the study of 
sport and exercise psychology. Topics 
include the evolution of the field of sport 
psychology, theories surrounding sport 
participants and sport environments, the 
group processes that are an essential part of 
sport, the basic principles of performance 
enhancement within the field, issues related 
to enhancing health and well-being in sport 
and exercise, and issues related to the 
facilitation of psychological growth and 
development in sport and exercise. 
Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 

lis 

INDUSTRIAL AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
PSY 110 or consent of instructor. 

237 
COGNITION 

An in-depth examination of the field of 
human cognition. Topics include perception, 
attention, short and long term memory, 
reading comprehension, problem solving and 
decision making. Emphasis will be placed 
on understanding the scientific nature of the 
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



I 



cover targeting behavior, base-rating, inter- 
vention strategies, and outcome evaluation. 
Learning-based modification techniques such 
as contingency management, counter- 
conditioning, extinction, discrimination 
training, aversive conditioning, and negative 
practice will be examined. Prerequisite: PS. 
110 or consent of instructor. 

310 

FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 

An examination of psychological theories 
and research on topics related to psychology 
and law. Areas covered include forensic 
pathology, psychological theories of criminal 
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decision 
making, expert witnesses, the insanity 
defense, and criminal profiling analysis. 
Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and 116. 

324 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set 
of principles that relate the function and 
organization of the nervous system to the 
phenomena of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 
1 10 or consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric methods and theory, 
including scale transformation, norms, 
standardization, validation procedures, and 
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 
110 and statistics. 



^^ 



2003-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 



341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. Special topics include sex differences 
in achievement, power, and communication; 
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity 
and femininity; and gender influences on 
mental health. Prerequisite: PSYIIO. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES 
AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT 

This course will explore the relations 
between a variety of types of family dysfunc- 
tions and child development and psychopa- 
thology. Specifically, topics in child abuse, 
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from 
violent homes, alcoholic homes, and homes 
with mentally ill parents will be studied. The 
course will focus on empirical literature about 
dysfunctional families and child development, 
biographical and political perspectives. 
Prerequisites: PSY 116 and 111, or consent 
of instructor. 

431 

EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the scientific method, experi- 
mental design and the application of statistics 
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the place of research in the field 
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 
statistics. 

432 

[SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 

The examination of psychophysical 
methodology and basic neurophysiological 
methods as they are applied to the understand- 
' ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: PSY 
110, 431 and statistics. 

436 

I PERSONALITY THEORY 

I A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 
In addition to covering the details of each 



theory, the implications and applications of 
each theory are considered. This course is 
best taken by Psychology majors in the senior 
year, because it integrates material from 
diverse areas of psychology. Prerequisite: 
PSY 110. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the 
major theoretical approaches to counseling. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalau- 
reate objectives in particular. Students have, 
for example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas 
for which courses are not offered. In addi- 
tion, students have an opportunity to study a 
topic in more depth than is possible in the 
regular classroom situation. Studies in the 
past have included child abuse, counseling of 
hospital patients, and research in the psychol- 
ogy of natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 

• 




RELIGION 



(REL) 



Professor: Hughes 

Assistant Professors: Johnson (Chairperson), 

Knauth 
Part-time Instructors: Adams, Gaber 

A major in Religion consists of 10 
courses, including REL 113, 114, and 120. 
At least seven courses must be taken in the 
department. Up to three of the following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: GRK 221, 222, HEBR 
221, 222, HIST 340, 416, PHIL 332 and SOC 
336. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: REL 1 10. 224, 225, 
226. 228. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: REL 230, 331, 
and 337. 

Minors 

A minor in religion consists of one course 
from REL 110, 113 or 1 14 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of GRK 
101-102, HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 
221,222, HEBR 221, 222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be reli- 
gious. Some of the issues are the definition 
of religion, the meaning of symbolism, 
concepts of God, ecstatic phenomena. 
Specific attention will be devoted to the 
current problem of cults and religious libert\ . 

113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish commu- 
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduc- 
tion to the history of interpretation with an 
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
criticism and theology. 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



I •- 



[j 114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH 
AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism 
and theology. 

119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of 
religion and culture in an historical perspective 
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and 
religious issues raised by contemporary 
American popular culture. Readings include 
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical 
and religious approaches to popular culture. 

120 

I DEATH AND DYING 

I A study of death from personal, social and 
I universal standpoints with emphasis upon 
j what the dying may teach the living. Principal 
I issues are the stages of dying, bereavement. 
i suicide, funeral conduct, and the religious 
1 doctrines of death and immortality. Course 
j includes, as optional, practical projects with 
! terminal patients under professional supervi- 
f sion. Only one course from the combination of 
REL 120 and 121 may be used for distribution. 

121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life 
after death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarna- 
tion, and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. Prerequisite: 
REL 120 is recommended but not required. 
Only one course from the combination of REL 
120 and 121 may be used for distribution. 



RELIGION 

• 



222 

PROTESTANTISM IN THE 

MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 17th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism. Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself. 

223 

BACKGROUNDS OF EARLY 

CHRISTIANITY 

A study of historical, cultural, and reli- 
gious influences that shaped the formation of 
early Christianity and the antecedents of 
Christian doctrine and practice in Hellenistic, 
Roman, and post-exilic Jewish cultures. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and 
organization. Also, a review of their contri- 
butions to the spiritual heritage of mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism. Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East- West dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw 
lisht on the clarification of the Biblical text. 



201)5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 



Also, an introduction to basic archaeological 
method and a study in depth of several 
representative excavations along with the 
artifacts and material culture recovered from 
different historical periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 
and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will 
be given to the religious views prevalent in 
the ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solu- 
tions will be sought to questions such as: 
What does it feel like to be religious or to 
have a religious experience? What is the 
religious function in human development? 
How does one think psychologically about 
theological problems? 



331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law am 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction ol 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of 
religion and other disciplines to an issue of 
current concern; current topics include the 
theological significance of law, the ethics of 
love, and the Holocaust. May be repeated for 
credit if the topic is different from one 
previously studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics 
related to the Old and New Testaments. 
Topics include prophecy, wisdom literature, 
the Dead Sea Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, 
Pauline theology, Judaism and Christian 
origins, redaction criticism - the way the 
Synoptic Gospels and John give final form to 
their message. Course will vaty from year to 
year and may be repeated for credit once if 
the topic is different from one previously 
studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 

A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual developments] 
in Western culture. The content of this 
course will vary from year to year. Subjects 
studied in recent years include the theological 
significance of Freud. Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentialism; theology and 
depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



200.'S-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



RELIGION 



342 

THE NATURE AND MISSION 
OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as 
i "The People of God" with reference to the 
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman 
Catholic traditions. 

401 

HELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an approved archaeologi- 
cal dig or field school program in the Near 
East or MediteiTanean region. Includes 
instruction in excavation techniques, record- 
ing and processing of artifacts. A survey of 
excavation and research and the use of 
archaeology as a tool for elucidating historical 
and cultural changes. Under certain circum- 
stances, participation in an archaeological 
I field school program within the United States, 
] Central or South America, or elsewhere may 
be accepted. Special fees apply. May Term 
i'Or Summer Sessions only. 

1 421 

; ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD 
SUPERVISION 

Participation in an archaeological excava- 
j jtion or field school program at the level of 
J [assistant supervisor or above. Includes 
! instruction in on-site supervision of daily 
digging, record-keeping, and interpretation of 
ifinds, and/or specialized training in excava- 
Stion project coordination, data processing, or 
analysis of specific types of material culture. 
Research project required. Prerequisite: REL 
401 or equivalent experience. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only. 

470-479 

ilNTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. Interns in 
larchaeology usually work in historical 
museums or art museums under the supervi- 



sion of a museum director/curator/archaeolo- 
gist and a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) 

Greek is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222, 
HEBR221.222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 

A comparative study of the synoptic 
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or 
equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 

Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equiva- 
lent. Does not satisfy humanities require- 
ment. 



*''"20O5-O6 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 

• 



SCHOLAR PROGRAM 




HEBREW (HEBR) 

Hebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222, 
HEBR 221, 222. 

101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy' humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testament 
with special attention being given to exegetical 
questions. The text read varies from year to 
year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 or equivalent. 
Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 
and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy 
humanities requirement. 



SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Assistant Professor: Briggs (Director) 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is 
a special program designed to meet the needs 
and aspirations of highly motivated students ( 
superior intellectual ability. Lycoming 
scholars satisfy the College's distribution 
requirements with more challenging courses 
than students not in the Scholar Program are 
required to complete. (Substitutions to the 
Scholar Distribution Requirements can be 
made only by successful application to the 
Scholar's Council.) Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary semi- 
nars and in an independent study culminating 
in a senior presentation. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi- 
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Proi^ram. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
wilt he recorded as "A " or "F. " 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmenta 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptanct 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: McCall, Ross 

The Sociology-Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fundamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229. 
330, 430, 444 and three other courses within 
the department with the exception of SOC 
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward 
the major. 

Track II - Human Services in a Socio- 
Cultural Perspective Track II - Human 
Services in a Socio-Cultural Perspective 

requires SOC 1 10, 222, 229, 330, 430, 443, 
and 444. In addition, students must select two 
courses from among the following: SOC 220, 
228, 300, 334, and 335. Students are also 
required to choose two units from the follow- 
ing courses: PSY 1 10, ECON 224, PHIL 219, 
and SOC 230. Recommended courses: 
ACCT 1 10, 226; SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; 
and PHIL 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 99. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: SOC 229, 33 1 , 334, 
335, 336, and 337. The following courses. 




when scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: SOC 229 and 
331. 

Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of SOC 1 1 and four other SOC 
courses approved by the department, three of 
which must be numbered 220 or above. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of anthro- 
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and 
goals, examination of biological and cultural 



i 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



evolution, the fossil evidence for human 
evolution, and questions raised in relation to 
human evolution. Other topics include race, 
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis- 
toric cultural development. 

220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modern American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment, 
and the changing status of family members. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

This course is for students interested in 
learning about, or entering, the human services 
profession. It will review the history, the 
range, and the goals of human services 
together with a survey of various strategies 
and approaches to human problems. A 
twenty-hour community service component is 
an optional element of the course. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110 and/or PSY 110: or consent of 
instructor. 

lis 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of 
the aged as individuals and as members of 
groups. Emphasis is placed upon media 
portrayals as well as such variables as health, 
housing, socio-economic status, personal 
adjustment, retirement, and social participa- 
tion. Sociological, social psychological, and 
anthropological frames of reference are 
utilized in analysis and description of aging 
and its relationship to the individual and 
society. Prerequisite: SOC J 10. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social 
anthropology designed to familiarize the 
student with the analytical approaches to the 
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy 
of cultural anthropology for an understanding 



of the human condition will be stressed. 
Topics to be covered include the nature of 
primitive societies in contrast to civilizations, 
the concept of culture and cultural relativism, 
the individual and culture, the social pattemin 
of behavior and social control, an anthropolofj 
cal perspective on the culture of the United 
States. 

230 

SELF AND SOCIETY 

This course is concerned with the behavioi 
of individuals who occupy positions in social 
structures, organizations and groups. The 
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is 
controlled, influenced, or limited by the socia 
environment; and the manner in which the 
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes an 
alters social structures and enters into the 
functioning of groups. This course will also 
explore symbolic interactionism, a major 
theoretical perspective in sociology which 
focuses primary attention on the way in which 
individuals define and continually redefine 
reality on the basis of social interaction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

235 

SOCIAL HISTORY OF 

AMERICAN FAMILIES 

This course traces the historical develop- 
ments that lead to contemporary family debate 
on issues including, but not limited to, welfaix 
support and reform, fertility and abortion 
politics, divorce and child custody issues, and 
women's employment outside of the home, li 
addition, the course examines the American 
family from the perspective of historical 
sociology with particular emphasis on the 
interplay of the family as it relates to historic 
reforms in the economic, political, educational 
religious, and legal institutions. Covering 
approximately a four-century time frame, the 
changing composition of families is studied 
with an emphasis on racial, ethnic, and social 
class variations. Throughout the course 
"family" is addressed as a gendered institution 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



and its implications for men's and women's 
lives. Alternate years. 

300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; condi- 
tions under which criminal laws develop; 
etiology of crime; epidemiology of crime, 
including explanation of statistical distribution 
of criminal behavior in terms of time, space, 
and social location. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

330 

RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

In studying the research process in sociol- 
ogy-anthropology, attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering both 
qualitative and quantitative research. Students 
complete an original field work project in a 
public setting. Additionally, students will 
learn to compile and analyze quantitative data 
through a micro computer statistical software 
package. Different methodological skills 




considered include: field work, questionnaire 
construction, unobtrusive research, and 
program evaluation. The course must be 
taken in the junior year. Prerequisites: SOC 
110 and MATH 123. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER 

Virtually every society known to us is 
founded upon assumptions of gender differ- 
ences and the politics of gender inequality. 
This course focuses on the ways in which 
gender is socially constructed and institution- 
alized in societies. Topics to be considered 
include cultural constructions of masculinity, 
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexual- 
ity; institutional sites of gender differentiation 
such as work, family, military, and education; 
media representations of gender and sexuality; 
and reproduction politics. Emphasis is placed 
on various theories that have been advanced to 
explain gender stratification. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. Alternate years. 

334 

RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American 
cultural values. An analysis will include 
historical, cultural, and social factors underly- 
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and 
individual reports are part of the requirements 
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 



20(15-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or 
consent of instructor. 

336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student with 
the wealth of anthropological data on the 
religions and world views developed by prim- 
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel- 
igion in regard to the individual, society, and 
various cultural institutions will be examined. 
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch- 
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the 
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization 
movements. Particular emphasis will be given 
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi- 
ence, and the creation of cultural realities 
through religions. Both a social scientific and 
existential perspective will be employed. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor. 

337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as 
the Iroquois, Plains Indians. Pueblo, Kwakiutl, 
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due 
to European contacts and United States 
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural 
developments among American Indians will 
be placed in an anthropological perspective. 

430 

SOCIAL PROBLEMS 

Building on the research skills acquired in 
SOC 330. students will complete an original 
quantitative research project on a topic of their 
own choosing. The theoretical emphasis of 
this course covers the social construction and 
life course of a social problem. Additionally, 
several social problems will be analyzed in 
depth. Prerequisite: SOC 330. 



443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

The course examines the organizational 
and conceptual context within which human 
services are delivered in contemporary society. 
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic 
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic 
communities, mental hospitals, and other 
human service institutions. The methodology 
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitiz 
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions o 
helping environments and relationships. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 229, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 
beginnings is treated through discussions and 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite 
SOC 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typicallj 
work off campus with social service agencies 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such 
as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



THEATRE 




THEATRE thea) 

Associate Professor: Allen (Chaiiperson) 
Assistant Professor: Stanley 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Graham 
Part-time Instructor: Clark 

Theatre is a combination of many art 
forms, and the theatre curriculum provides 
opportunities to explore all its aspects: 
dramatic literature, acting, directing, design, 
and technical theatre. The rigorous production 
program offers practical training to comple- 
ment the comprehensive curriculum. 

The Theatre Department produces a full 
season of faculty- and student-directed 
productions each year. In addition, the 
department also manages a children's theatre 
company. The Emerald City Players. The 
department's production facilities include the 
Mary L. Welch Theatre, an intimate thrust 
stage, and the Downstage Theatre, a small 
black box studio theatre in the Academic 
Center. The department also maintains 
support facilities, including a scene shop, 
costume shop, dressing rooms, makeup room, 
and rehearsal areas. 



The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: THEA 1 14, 212, 332, 
333, 335, and 410. The following courses, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward 
the writing intensive requirement: THEA 
212, 332, and 333. 

Major 

All students majoring in Theatre must 
complete the core courses and the require- 
ments for at least one of the three tracks listed 
below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

THEA 100, 145, 232, 332, 333, 335, 410, and 
449. 

Track Requirements: 

1. Acting: 

THEA 148, 226, 245, and either 345 or 
402; 1 credit of 160, one-half credit 
which must be earned serving as Assistant 
Stage Manager or Crew Head for a 
faculty-directed production, and 3 credits 
of 161. 

2. Directing: 

THEA 148, 226, 326, and either 402 or 
426; 2 credits of 160, one-half credit 
which must be earned serving as Assistant 
Stage Manager for a faculty-directed 
production and one-half credit which must 
be earned as the Stage Manager for a 
faculty-directed production, and 2 credits 
of 161. 

3. Design/Tech: 

THEA 149, 228, 229, 320; one from the 
following: 402, 427, 428, 429; and 4 
credits of THEA 160 and/or 161. 

Minors 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
Department. 

• A minor in Performance consists of THEA 
100, 145, 148, 226, and 245. 

• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of 
THEA 100, 149, 228, 229, and 320. 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



• A minor in Theatre History and Literature 
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and 
410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

A comprehensive introduction to the 
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's 
point of view, the nature of theatre will be 
explored, including dramatic literature and 
the integral functioning of acting, directing 
and all production aspects. Concurrent 
enrollment in THEA J 48 prohibited. 

114 

FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study of selected classic experimental and 
narrative films from around the world as well 
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what 
makes a classic through examination of such 
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and 
genre. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modern dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 135-136. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 17th-century France to the 
present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137. 
Cross-listed as MUS 137. 



138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excludiuL 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of civil 
ization. One -half unit of credit. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
138. Cross-listed as MUS 138. 

145 

ACTING I 

An introductory study of the actor's 
preparation with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvi 
sation, character analysis, and scene study. 
Prerequisite: THEA 100. Majors may take 
concurrently with THEA 100. 

148 

PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various aspects of 
production are introduced. Through material 
presented and laboratory work on the Mary I 
Welch Theatre productions, students will 
acquire experience with design, scenery, 
properties, costumes and lighting. Prerequi- 
site: THEA 100. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 100 prohibited. I 

149 

THEATRE GRAPHICS i 

A comprehensive course in mechanical 
drafting, perspective rendering, figure 
drawing, color theory, and scene painting as 
these skills relate to the study of theatrical 
design. Prerequisite: THEA 100 or consent 
of instructor. 

160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production and/or 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO 



THEATRE 



rehearsal and performance of the Theatre 
Department's faculty-directed productions in 
the Mary L. Welch Theatre. Credit for 
Theatre Practicum is earned on a fractional 
basis. Students may register for one-half 
semester hour course credit per production 
for active participation in the designated area 
of technology and performance, limited to 
one semester hour credit per semester and 
eight semester hours credit over four years. 
Credit may not be used to satisfy distribution 
requirements in Fine Arts. Students may not 
register for Theatre Practicum while taking 
THEA 148 without permission of the 
instructor. When scheduling, students should 
register for Theatre Practicum in addition to 
the normal four academic courses. Because 
students may not be cast or assigned duties in 
time to meet the drop/add deadline, late 
registration for THEA 160 and 161 (Re- 
hearsal and Performance) will be permitted 
without penalty. 

201 

TOURING CHILDREN'S THEATRE 

Production and rehearsal techniques for 
performance of a children's play. Students 
will construct sets, costumes, props and 
rehearse for touring and performing on during 
slated class times at area grade schools. 
Students may repeat this course once with a 
different play. Prerequisites: THEA 100 and 
consent of instructor. 

212 

MULTICULTURAL AMERICA 
ON SCREEN 

Introduction to the art of understanding 
moving images to discover the cultural values 
of American filmmakers and their audiences. 
Comparison of the ways in which films and 
television use comedy, drama, and the 
docum-entary to examine topics having to do 
with values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in 
America. 



215 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE 

Study of selected theatrical subjects, such 
as plays, writers, movements, or technical 
projects. Recent topics include stage 
management, sound design, children's 
theatre, and stagecraft. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. With consent of instructor, may be 
repeated for credit if the topic is different 
from one previously studied. 

220 

VOICE AND DICTION 

Introduction to the fundamental tech- 
niques of vocal production for the theatre. 
Emphasizes an individual program of 
personal vocal development. Dialects and 
phonetic study of the major European accents 
and English accents. Includes oral practice of 
relevant literature. Alternate years. One-half 
unit of credit. 

226 
DIRECTING I 

An introductory study of the functions of 
the director, with emphasis on script analysis, 
the rehearsal process, and communicating 
with collaborators. Practical scene work 
directing student actors is a major component 
of the course. Prerequisite: THEA 145. 
Alternate years. 

228 

SCENE DESIGN 

Development of scene design techniques 
through study of the practice in rendering, 
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching 
and model building. Beginning work in 
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery 
painting for the theatre. Participation on 
Arena Theatre productions will be part of the 
class-room requirements. Prerequisites: ART 
212, THEA 148. Alternate years. 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



229 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design 
with emphasis on their practical application to 
the theatre. Prerequisites: ART 212, THEA 
148. Alternate years. 

231 

SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Practical application in construction, 
design and production problems and tech- 
niques through laboratory and plays in 
production. Prerequisite: THEA 148. Offered 
suiiinier only. 

232 

STAGE MAKEUP 

Essentials in stage makeup: straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Recommended for 
performers and directors of educational, 
church and community theatres. Prerequisite: 
THEA 148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate 
Years. 

233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are 
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and 
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232. 
One-half unit of credit. A Iternate years. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modern dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of in.st rue- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135- 136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 235-236. 



245 

ACTING II 

Exploration of contemporary realism 
through intensive character analysis, mono- 
logue work, and scene study. Prerequisite: 
THEA 145. 

315 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE 

Study of selected theatrical subjects, such 
as plays, writers, movements, or technical 
projects. Recent topics include stage 
management, sound design, children's 
theatre, and stagecraft. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. With consent of instructor, may he 
repeated for credit if the topic is different 
from one previously studied. 

320 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the construction of 
costumes for faculty-directed productions. 
Prerequisites: ART 212 and THEA 148, or 
consent of instructor. Majors may take 
concurrently with THEA 145. Alternate years. 

326 

DIRECTING II 

Continued exploration of the director's 
role in the production process with emphasis 
on the director's work in rehearsal. Practical 
application will include the direction of a one- 
act play with student actors in the Downstage 
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. Alternate 
years. 

332 

THEATRE HISTORY I 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic, 
cultural, social, economic, religious, and 
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts 
representing specific eras will be studied as 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG; 



THEATRE 

• 



historical evidence of theatre practice. 
Focuses on the origins of the theatre through 

1700. Alternate years. 

333 

THEATRE HISTORY II 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic, 
cultural, social, economic, religious, and 
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts 
representing specific eras will be studied as 
historical evidence of theatre practice. 
Focuses on the early 1 S"" century through the 
theatre today. Prerequisite: THEA 332. 
Alternate years. 

I 335 
MODERN DRAMA 

An examination of selected examples of 
1 dramatic literature from the modem theatre, 
1 875 to the present. The course will focus on 
a single topic within this framework, such as 
American drama, American musical theatre, 
j European drama, absurdist drama, epic drama, 
i expressionistic drama, performance art, etc. 
i Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333, or consent 
' of instructor. Alternate years. 

I 337 

' PLAYWRITING 

An investigation of the techniques of 

Iplaywriting with an emphasis on creative 
■ writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play. Prerequisites: ENGL J 06 or 107 and 
THEA 226. Alternate years. 

345 

ACTING III 

Exploration of historical acting styles 
including Greek, connnedia dell'arte. Elizabe- 
than, comedy of manners, melodrama, and 
expressionism. Practical application will 
include character analysis, monologue work, 
and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 245. 



402 

SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE 

A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc- 
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating 
works from the page to the stage, with special 
attention to language, poetry, and acting styles 
as well as technical problems. Contemporary 
productions will be viewed. Prerequisites: 
THEA 332 and 333, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

410 

THEATRE AND CULTURE 

Exploration of one or more historic periods 
in a specific locale to discover the nature of 
the theatre in its cultural context. Included 
will be a study of the art, music, literature, 
political and social framework of the period 
and locale. Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333. 
Alternate years. 

415 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE 

Study of selected theatrical subjects, such 
as plays, writers, movements, or technical 
projects. Recent topics include stage 
management, sound design, children's 
theatre, and stagecraft. Prerequisite: THEA 
WO. With consent of instructor, may be 
repeated for credit if the topic is different 
from one previously studied. 

426 

DIRECTING III 

Practical application of directing in one of 
the department's two performance spaces. 
Prerequisites: THEA 326 and consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of costume design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisites: THEA 320 and consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit. 



L 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



428 

ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of scene design for the 
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. May he repeated 
for credit. 

429 

ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of lighting design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

444 

ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO 

Practical application of directing for studio 
or main stage productions. Prerequisites: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 426. May be 
repeated for credit. 

445 

ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO 

Practical application of acting for studio or 
main stage productions. Prerequisites: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 345. May be 
repeated for credit. 

449 

SENIOR PROJECT 

The practical application of one specific 
theatre discipline. Students have the option of 
demonstrating expertise in costume design, 
scene design, lighting design, acting, or 
directing for departmental productions. Other 
options may include but are not limited to 
design projects or one-person shows. Student 
will be required to submit a formal written 
proposal in the spring of their junior year 



which must be approved by all full-time 
Theatre Department faculty. This course is 
open to senior theatre majors only. 

470 - 479 

INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

Students in the theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne- 
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 
Subjects for Independent Studies are 
chosen in conjunction with faculty members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Students who qualify for Departmental 
Honors will produce a major independent 
project in research or technical theatre. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 




2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



WOMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES 




WOMEN'S AND 
GENDER STUDIES 

(WGST) 

Assistant Professor: N.J. Stanley (Director) 

Although a major in women's and gender 
studies is available only under the policies 
regarding Individual Interdisciplinary Majors, 
an established minor in women's and gender 
studies is provided. WGST 200 and four of 
the following established cross-listed courses 
are required for the minor. Students may 
substitute no more than two experimental or 
topics courses that have been approved by the 
coordinating committee. To receive credit for 
a minor in women's and gender studies, 
students must maintain at least a 2.00 average 
in courses taken for that minor. 



The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: WGST 200 and 
WGST 300. 

ART 339 Women in Art 

ENGL 334 Women and Literature 

HIST 220 Women in History 

PSCI 347 Women and Politics 

PS Y 34 1 Psychology of Women 

SOC 220 Marriage and the Family 

SOC 33 1 Sociology of Gender 

WGST 300 Topics in Women's and 
Gender Studies 

200 

GENDERED PERSPECTIVES 

An examination of gender issues from an 
interdisciplinary perspective. This course 
will explore the social construction of gender 
and gendered institutions as well as relevant 
critical approaches such as feminist, Utopian, 
and queer theories. Topics may involve 
language, art, science, politics, culture, 
violence, race, class, ethnic differences, 
sexuality, and pornography. 

300 

TOPICS IN WOMEN'S AND GENDER 
STUDIES 

An examination of selected topics in 
Women's and Gender Studies designed to 
allow students to pursue particular subjects in 
more depth and detail than in the general 
introductory course. With the permission of 
the Coordinator of the Women 's and Gender 
Studies Program, students may repeat this 
course depending on the content. 

N80/N89 
INDEPENDENT STUDIES 

With the approval of the Coordinator, an 
appropriate special course or independent 
studies project may be substituted for one of 
the four courses required for the minor. 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



OFFICERS 

Arthur A. Haberberger "59 

Chairman 

Investor and Consultant 

Reading. PA 

Jay W. Cleveland, Sr. 

Vice Chairman 

Chairman of the Board/CEO 

Cleveland Brothers Equipment 

Company 

Hiirrisburg, PA 

Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70 

Secretary 

Owner/President 

Campheil, Harrington & Brear 

Advertising 

York. PA 

Harold D. Hershberger, Jr. '51 

Assistant Secretary 

President 

Deer Mountain Associates, Inc. 

Williamsport. PA 

Ann S. Pepperman, Esq. 

Assistant Secretary 
Partner 

McNerney. Page, 
Vanderlin & Hall 
Williamsport. PA 

BOARD MEMBERS 

Brenda P. Alston-Mills '66 

Professor 

North Carolina State Univ. 

Raleigh. NC 

David R. Bahl, Esq. 

Partner 

McCormick Law Firm 

Williamsport, PA 

Robert L. Bender '59 

Assoc. VP for Academic 
Affairs/Retired 
University of Illinois 
Champaign, IL 

John R. Biggar '66 

Exec. V.P. & CFG 
PPL Resources. Inc. 
Allentown. PA 

.lames E. Douthat 

President 

Lycoming College 
Williamsport. PA 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Donald E. Failor '68 

Owner/Chartered Life 

Underwriter 

D.E. Failor Associates 

Harrisburg, PA 

Daniel G. Fultz '57 

Exec. VP and Treasurer/ 
Retired 

Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

David D. Gathman '69 

Consultant 
SunGiird SCT Inc. 
Malvern, PA 

Daniel R. Hawbaker 

President 

Glenn O. Hawbaker. Inc. 

State College. PA 

Michael J. Hayes '63 

President and CEO 
Fred's 
Memphis. TN 

James L. Hebe '71 

Owner 

Seagrave Fire Apparatus 

Clintonville. WI 

Bishop Neil L. Irons 

Bishop/Retired 
Central PA Conference 
United Methodist Church 
Mechanicsburg, PA 

Dale N. Krapf '67 

President 

George Krapf, Jr. & 
Sons. Inc. 
Exton, PA 

David B. Lee '61 

President/CEO 
Omega Financial Corp. 
State College. PA 

Robert G. Little '63 

Family Physician 
Community Medical 
Ass(x;iates 
Halifax, PA 

Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63 

Community Volunteer 
Williamsport, PA 



Peter R. Lynn '69 

CEO 

Government Retirement & 
Benefits, Inc. 
Alexandria. VA 

D. Stephen Martz '64 

Consultant 

Hollidaysburg Trust Co. 
Hollidaysburg. PA 

Richard D. Mase '62 

Businessman. Self-employed/ 

Retired 

Montoursville. PA 

Norman B. Medow '60 

Surgeon 

Manhattan Eye. Ear & Throat 

Hospital 

New York. NY 

James G. Scott '70 

Independent Consultant 
West Newbury, MA 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman Emeritus 

First Vice President for 

Investments/Retired 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner 

& Smith 

Williamsport. PA 

Hugh H. Sides '60 

President 

Robert M. Sides Music. Inc. 

William.sport. PA 

Stanley W. Sloter '80 

President 

Paradigm Companies 

Arlington, VA 

Judge Clinton W. Smith '55 

Senior Judge 

Lycoming County Ct. House 

Williamsport. PA 

Charles D. Springman "59 

Sr. VP Operations/Retired 
May Department Stores 
Williamsport. PA 

John S. Trogner, Jr. '68 

President/First Commercial 
Real Estate 

Treasurer/Troegs Brewing Co. 
Harrisburg, PA 



Phyllis L. Yasui 

Nurse/Homemaker/Retired 
Williamsport, PA 

Alvin M. Younger, Jr. "71 

Chief Financial Officer/ ]_ 

Retired 

T. Rowe Price Asstx'iates, Inc. 

Baltimore. MD 

EMERITI 

David Y. Brouse '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE Sylvania 
Montoursville. PA 

Richard W. DeWald 61 

Chairman 

Montgomery Plumbing 
Supply Company 
Montoursville. PA 

Samuel H. Evert '34 

Owner/Retired 

Bloom Penn Construction 

Bloomsburg. PA 

Rev. Kenrick R. Khan '57 

Clergy/Teacher/Retired 
Penney Farms. FL 

Margaret D. L'Heureux 

Real Estate Broker Retired 
Williamsport. PA 

William Pickelner 

President 

Pickelner Fuel Oil Company 

Williamsport. PA 

Marguerite Rich '42 

Homemaker 
Woolrich. PA 

Harold H. Shreckengast, 
Jr. '50 

Audit Partner/Retired 
Price Waterhouse 
Philadelphia. PA 

Rev. Dr. Wallace Stettler 

President/Retired 
Wyoming Seminary 
Kingston, PA 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Administrative Staff 



James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Mary 

M.Div., Ecl.D., Duke University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
Professor of History 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Sue S. Gaylor (2003) 

Executive Assistant to the President/ 

Institutional Planning Officer 
A.B.. Dartmouth College 
Ed.M., Ed.D., Harx'ard University' 

Robert Griesemer (2001) 

Vice President and Treasurer 
B.S., Lafayette College 

Daniel P. Miller (2005) 

Dean of Student Affairs 
B.S., St. John Fisher College 
M.S., Syracuse University 
Ed.D., Widener University 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Debbie L. Ackerman (1978) 

Housekeeping Manager 

Joseph Balduino (2004) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Patricia E. Bausinger (2001) 

Campus Store Manager 

Keith O. Barrows (2002) 

Director of Gift Planning and Manager of 

Development Relations 
B.A., Lycoming College 
J.D., Widener University School of Law 



; 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Jacqueline R. Bilger (2004) 

Director of Human Resources 

B.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Planned Giving Consultant 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D., United Theological Seminary 

Robert C. Brobson (2003) 

Director of Safety & Security 

B.A., Mansfield State College 

M.S., California State Univ. of Long Beach 

Steven Caravaggio (1992) 

Director of Academic Computing 

& End User Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

Sara E. Case (2003) 
Development Officer 
B.A., Lafayette College 

Christine G. Coale (2003) 
Admissions Counselor 
B.A., George Washington University 
A. A., Mt. Vernon College 

Rebecca L. Collias (1995) 

Registrar 

B.A., Point Park University 

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshman 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Richard L. Cowher II (1978) 
Print Shop Manager 

Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Molly Costello Daly (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
A.B., Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Denise Davidson (1994) 

Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life 

B.A., Clark University 

M.S., Miami University of Ohio 

Robert C. Dietrich (2000) 

Sports Information Director 
B.S., Westminster College 

Dwayne A. Doily (2004) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Stepiianie E. Fortin (2002) 

Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Kutztown University 

Nicole S. Franquet (1996) 

Director of Network Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994) 

Catholic Campus Minister 

A.B., M.A., M.S., Marywood College 

Franii L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 

Head Football Coach 

B.S., West Chester State College 

Sharon E. Hamilton (2003) 

Instructional Services Librarian/Coordinator 

of Information Literacy & Outreach 
B.A., Youngstown State University 
M.S.L.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania 

Allison Gregory (2005) 

Instructional Services Librarian Instructor 

Instructor, Library 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Alexander C. Hartmann (2003) 

Director of Prospect Research 
B.A., Indiana University 
M.A., University of Chicago 



DanielJ. Hartsock(1981) 

Assistant Dean for Sophomores 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University' of Pennsylvania 

David Heffner (1994) 

Assoc. Dean/Director of 

Information Technology Services 
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Bloomsburg University 

Nancy Hollick (1990) 

Staff Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

Maramonne Houseknecht (2000) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Niagara University 

J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 

Laura C. Johnson (2003) 
Director of Student Recreation & Conferences 
B.S., Rutgers University, Cook College 
M.S., Ohio University 

Michelle M.Jones (1996) 

Director of Accounting 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jane C. Keller (1998) 

Asst. Director Academic Resource Center 
B.A., Biicknell University 
M.S., Wilkes University 

Andrew W. Kilpatrick (2005) 
Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., University of Sc ronton 
S.T.B., Gregorian University 
S.T.L., Accademia Alfonsiana 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOf ' 



--'•- 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Jeffrey E. Klein (2004) 

Student Life Coordinator 
M.P.A., University of Oregon 
B.A., Connecticut College 

F. Douglas Kuntz (2000) 

Director of Physical Plant 
B.S., West Virginia University 

Sand! L. Lander (1995) 

Director of Administrative Computing 
B.S., SUNY College at Brockport 

Anne M. Landon (1996) 

Coordinator of Internships and 

Assistant to the Director of IMS 
B.A., Bloonisbiirg University 

Linda B. Loehr (2001) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 

Jamie A. Lowthert (2004) 

Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 
M.S., University of Kentucky 

Kathy A. Lucas (1998) 

Registered Nurse. Health Services 

Lawrence P. Mannolini, III (2004) 

*! Director Student Programs/Leadership Devel. 
B.A., St. Lawrence University 
M.Ed., Springfield College 

Brenda M. Marshall (2004) 

Assistant Registrar 

B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Melissa A. Masse (2001) 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jason L. McCahan (2001) 

Director of Annual Giving 
B.A., Lock Haven University 

Jason R. Moran (2004) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kirsten R. Newman (2004) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 



Michelle M. Parks (2001) 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Salomeh Pourmoghim (2004) 

Instructional Service Librarian/Coordinator of 

Reference & Assessment 

M.L.S., Texas Woman's University 

B.A., Azad University 

Cindy Springman (1999) 

Bursar 

A. A., Williamsport Area Community College 

Matthew E. Stendardi (2004) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Sondra L. Stipcak (1995) 

Nurse, Director of Health Services 
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA 

Melanie Taormina (2005) 

Director of Almumni and Parent Programs 

M.F.A., University of Pittsburgh 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Lin Wei (2005) 

Web Designer 

B.A., Liaoning Normal University 

Jennifer Wilson (2000) 

Director of Development 

B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

Emeriti 

Jack C. Buckle 

Dean of Students Emeritus 
A.B., Juniata College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A., LL.D., W afford College 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 
L.H.D., Ohio We si cyan University 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz 

President Emeritus 
A.B., Dickinson College 
M.A., S.T.B., Boston University 
LL.D., Dickinson College 
D.D., Lycoming College 



2(103-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Faculty 



* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2005 

** On Sabbatical Spring 2006 

*** On Sabbatical Academic Year 2005-06 

**** On Leave Academic Year 2005-06 

Professors 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts 

Gary M.BoerckeK 1979) 

Music 

B.A., B.M., Oberlin College 
M.M., Ohio University 
D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Sascha Feinstein (1995) 

English 

B.A., University of Rochester 

M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

Amy Golahny (1985) 

Art 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil, Ph.D., Columbia University 

Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D.. SUNY-Binghamton 

Richard A. Hughes (1970) 

M.B. Rich Chair in Religion 
B.A., University of Indianapolis 
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 

Robert H. Larson (1969) 

History 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 



Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

Director, Institute for Management Studies 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Richard J. Morris (1976) ** 

History 

John P. Graham Teaching Professorship 

B.A., Boston State College 

M.A., Ohio University 

Ph.D., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) ** 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvcmia State University^ 

Ph. D. , SUNY at Binghamton 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) " 

History 

Dean of the College/Professor of History 

A.B., Lafayette College 

B.D., Yale University 

Ph.D., Duke University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972) 

Political Science 

Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor 

A.B., University of California at Berkeley 

M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 

Ph.D., The American University 

Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

RogerD. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

The Logan Richmond Professorship 

B.A., Otterbein College 

M.F.A., Cranhrook Academy of Art 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALQi 



FACULTY 



Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

A.B., Syracuse University 
\\B.M., Ithaca College 
MM., SUNY at Binghamton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A., University' of Notre Dame 

[Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin 

Stan T. Wilk (1973) 
Sociology/Anthropology 
B.A., Hunter College 
\Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) ** 

Biology 

The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 

Associate Professors 

Jerry D.Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University' 

Susan K. Beidler (1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 

B.A., University of Delaware 

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

HollyD. Bendorf (1995) 

Chemistry 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989) *** 

Foreign Languages 

B.A.. University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 

Timothy Carter (1999) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., M.C.J. , University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Richard R. Erickson (1973) 

Astronomy and Physics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

J ^005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



B. Lynn Estomin (1993) 

Art 

B.A., Antioch College 

M.F.A., University of Cincinnati 

David Fisher (1984) * 

Astronomy/Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A., Kutztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematics 

B.A., Acadia University 

M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 

Ph.D., Universitat Mannheim 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 
Director of Library Services 
Associate Dean 
B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

Sandra L. Kingery (1998) 

Foreign Languages 
B.S., Lawrence University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin- 
Madison 

Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 

M.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Litt.D., Wilson College (Honoris Causa) 

Eileen M.Peluso( 1998) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Gene D.Sprechini (1981) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S., B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 

David S. Wltwer (1994) **** 

History 

B.A., DePauw University 

M.A., Ph.D., Brown University 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Astronomy/Physics 
B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 

Assistant Professors 

Susan Beery (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., Duke University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Amy Cartal-Falk (1991) 

Foreign Languages 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State 

University 

G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999) 

Education 

B.S., Indiana University^ of Pennsylvania 

M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of 

Pennsylvania 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Santusht S. deSllva (1983) 

Mathematical Science 

B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Alka Gandhi (2003) 

Economics 
B.A., Duke University 
M.A., University of Kansas 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Garett Heysel (1999) 

Foreign Languages 
B.A., Middlebury College 
M.A., Northwestern University 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Katherine Hill (2003) 

Psychology 

B.A., Colorado College 

M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A. A., Cayuga County Community College 
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh 
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst 

Steven R. Johnson (1999) 

Religion 

B.A., California State University, Fullerton 

M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminary 

M.A., Miami University of Ohio 

M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Sue A. Kelley(1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Robin DeWitt Knauth (1999) 

Religion 

A.B., Princeton University 
M.T.S., Regent College 
Th.D., HaiTard University 

Steven Koehn (1997) 

Communication 

B.A., VA Polytechnic & State University 

M.A., Pepperdine University 

D.Ed., West Virginia University 



^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALO' 



FACULTY 



BonitaKoIb(2002) 

Business Administration 
B.A., Alaska Pacific University 
M.S., Ph.D., Golden Gate University 

Andrew Leiter (2005) 

English 

B.A., University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa 

M.A.. Ph.D., University of N.C., Chapel Hill 

Charles H. Mahler (1994) 

Chemistry 

B.A., The Ohio State University 

M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Justin C. Matus (2004) 
Business Administration 
B.S., King's College 
M.B.A., Golden Gate University 
Ph.D., Old Dominion University 

Betty McCall (2004) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lamar University 

M.S., Baylor University 

M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 

! Terence W. McGarvey (2004) 

Biology 

B.A., Hofstra University 

M.S., Long Island University 

Ph.D., Loyola University of Chicago 

Mary E. Morrison (2004) 

Biology 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.A./M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University^ 

Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) 

I Biology 

\B.S., University of South Carolina 

vPh.D., Marquette University 

Kurt H.01sen( 1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal of the College 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Jeremy D. Ramsey (2005) 

Chemistry 

6. 5'., Clarion University of Pennsylvania 
iPh.D., The Ohio State University 



Susan M.Ross (1998)* 

Sociology /Anthropology 

B.A., Millersville University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 

Donald Slocum (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S., Cornell University 
M.S., The American University 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
C.P.A., Washington, D.C. 

N. J. Stanley (2002) 

Theatre 

B.S., Louisiana State University 

M.F.A., Florida State Univ., Tallahassee 

Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Howard Tran (2002) 

Art 

B.F.A., Academy of Art College 

M.F.A., Boston University 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. {Pennsylvania and New York) 

Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Communication 

B.A., Emory University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Jonathan Williamson (2002) 

Political Science 

B.A., University of Houston 

M.A., Ph.D., Emory University^ 

Cui Yin (2003) 

Mathematical Sciences 
B.S., Qufu Normal University 
M.S., Fudam University 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 



li 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 




Instructors 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Larry D. Pritchett (2005) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Universit} of Wisconsin, Milwaukee 

Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.Bus.Admin., Bernard M. Bariich College, CUNY 

George C. Adams, Jr. (2004) 

Religion 

B.A., Susquehanna University 

M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University 

Mark A. Anderson (2004) 

Criminal Justice 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Northeastern Universtiy 



AlvaroBernal(2005) 

Spanish 

B.A., Universidad Pedagogical Nacional, Bogota 

M.A., Governors State University (Illinois) 

M.A., University of Northern Iowa 

Ph.D., University' of Iowa 

Brian J. Bluth (2005) 
Criminal Justice 

B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

J.D., University of Pittsburgh School of Law 

Ph.D., University of Iowa 

David Burke (1995) 

Biology 

Michelle Burns (2004) 

Religion 

Jerusalem University 
Tel Aviv University 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Len Cagle (2005) 

Foreign Languages 

B.A., M.A., Universit}- of Arkansas 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



FACULTY 



James Campbell (2003) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield Univ. of Pennsylvania 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Cullen Chandler (2003) 

History 

B.A., Austin College 

M.A., Fordham University 

Ph.D.. Purdue University 

Ted Chappen (1994) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Bucknell University 

M.A.. University of Chicago 

Katharine Cimini (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., College of William and Mary 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 

Music/Theatre 

iRegina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematical 

Sciences 
B.A., Rosemont College 
'M.S., Bucknell University 

Susan Curry (2004) 

i Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

B.S.Ed., Lock Haven State University 

{Roger Davis (1984) 

Computers/Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

iPamela Dill (1990) 

'Wellness 

B.S.N., University^ of the State of New York 

at Albany 
\M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 

Sherry Fagnano (1999) 

Mathematical Sciences 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathy Furman (2002) 

Education 

B.A., Oral Roberts University 

M.S. Wilkes University 

I()()5-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Pamela Gaber (2002) 

Religion- Archaeology 

B.A., University of Wisconson, Madison 

A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University 

Margaret Gilvary (2002) 

Education 

B.A., Marywood College 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Jay Gordon (2002) 

Education 

B.A., M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Kathy Gorg (2004) 

Art 

B.A., Kutztown University 

Robert Graham (2003) 

Theatre 

B.A., Kennesaw State University 

M.F.A., Indiana University 

Charles Guttendorf (2003) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvcmia 

Raymond Huff (2004) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven Univ. of Pennsylvania 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Carol Johnson (2004) 

Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeremiah Johnson (2004) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple University 

M.F.A., Syracuse University 

Craig Kauffman (1994) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown State College 

Jennifer L. Knapp (2004) 

Communication 

B.A., Canisius College 

M.S., West Virginia University 

Don M. Larrabee, II (1972) 
Lecturer in Law 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 
LL.B., Fordham University 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Lillian Lindsay (2004) 

Physical Education 

B.A., Mansfield University 

Lisa McNerney (2002) 
Foreign Languages 
B.S., University of Oregon 
M.A., Bloomshiiri> University 

Maria Missigman (2004) 

Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

John Mitchell (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., Florida State University 

Psy.D., Indiana State University 

Barbara Most (2004) 

Theatre 

B.S., Mansfield University 

M.A., Marywood University 

Kevin Nestor (2004) 

Astronomy/Physics 

B.A., B.S., Lycoming College 

Janice Ogurcak (2001) 

Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier 
B.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Jo- Ann Pacenta (2004) 

Accounting 

B.S., York College of Pennsylvania 

M.B.A., Pace University 

Janet Patterson (2003) 

Education 

B.A., The King's College, New York 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Hans Conrad Philippen (2004) 

Psychology 

^.5'., Towson State University 

M.A., Ph.D., Hofstra University 

Valerie J. Postal (2005) 

Education 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 



Todd Preston (2003) 

English 

B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo 
M.A., State University of New York, Albany 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Gene Remoff (2003) 

Business Administration 

B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University 

M.B.A., Temple University 

M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Larry Rhinehart (2001) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State University 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Kim Rhone (1999) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Edward R. Robbins (2001) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Mansfield State University 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Stafford Smith (2004) 

Art 

B.A., Wesleyan University 

M.F.A., Cornell University 

James States (2003) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992) 

Art 

B.S., Kiitztown University 

M.A., Alfred University 

Andrea Tira (2003) 

Foreign Languages 

B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

M.Ed., Temple University 

Lou Ann Tom (1999) 

Chemistry 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALQC 



I 



Robin Van Auken (2002) 

Communication 

B.A., M.A., University' of South Florida 

Jennifer N. Welch (2004) 

English 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College 

M.A., Middle bur}' College 

Bradley Williams (2003) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Miami University 

Tiffany Wishard (2000) 

Criminal Justice/Political Science 

B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 

University 
J.D., The Dickenson School of Law 

Christopher J. Woodruff (2000) 

Music 

B.M.E., Louisiana State University 

M.Mus., Northwestern University 

Karen Younger (2004) 

History 

B.A., Trinity International University 

M.Div., Gordon-Conwell Theological 

Seminary 

M.A., Northern Illinois University 

Applied Music Instructors 

Richard Adams (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Rebecca Anstey (2001) 

Brass 

B.Mus., Lawrence University 

M.Mus., Eastman School of Music 

Melissa Becker (2003) 

Strings 

B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania 
B.M.. M.A., M.M., The Pennsylvania State 
University 

Tim Breon (1998) 

Electronic Music Lab 

PA Governor's School for the Arts 



FACULTY 

• 



Richard Campbell ( 1989) 

Woodwinds 

B.M., Eastman School of Music 

Reuben Councill (2004) 

Woodwinds 

B.M.E., The Univ. ofN.C at Greensboro 

M.A., Western Carolina University 

Robert Ensinger (2004) 

Brass 

B.M.Ed., Ithaca College 

Donald J. Fisher (2003) 

Percussion 

B.S., Indiana Univ. of Pennsylvania 

Jaclyn Gilbert (2003) 

Voice 

B.S.. The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert Hickey (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A.B., Westminster Choir College 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Yvonne Lundquist (1992) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Charles Masters (2003) 

Accompanist 

Carina McNear (1998) 

Voice 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Music, The Pennsylvania State University 

Janice Miller Mianulli (2001) 

Voice 

B.M.E., Westminister Choir College 
M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy, 
The Pennsylvania State University 

Andrew Rammon (2001) 

Strings 

B.A., Pepperdine University 

M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music 



12005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Wendy Savoy (2003) 

Voice 

B.M., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania 

Jennifer Schmidt (2003) 

Voice 

B.M., San Jose State University 

M.M., Northwestern University 

Valerie Whyman (2004) 

Brass 

B.A., University of Surrey 

PGCE, Roehampton Institute, London 

Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Manjula Balasubramanian, M.D. 

Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program Graduate Hospital 
Philadelphia, PA 19146 

Jean Buchenhorst, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program Graduate Hospital 
Philadelphia, PA 19146 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

James Eastman, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 17603 

Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 17603 

Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratory Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Say re, PA 18840 

Willem Lubbe, M.D. 

Medical Director CLS Program 
Williamsport Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 



Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Williamsport Hospital CLS Program 

Williamsport, PA 17701 

Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Clinical Laboratory Science Program 

Robert Packer Hospital 

Say re, PA 18840 

Emeriti 

Susan Alexander 

Associate Professor Emerita of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Robert B. Angstadt 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ursinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Jon R. Bogle 

Professor Emeritus of Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art: 

Temple University 

Clarence W. Burch 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Mr. John H. Conrad 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
B.S., Mansfield State College 
M.A., New York University 

JackD. Diehl,Jr. (1971) 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Robert F. Falk 

Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

B.A., B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Dr. Morton A. Fineman 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.A., Indiana University 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 

• 



David A. Franz 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
A.B., Princeton University 
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Ernest P. Giglio 

Professor Emeritus of Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M.A., SUNY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 

Eduardo Guerra 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.D., Southern Methodist University 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

John G. Hancock 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

B.S., M.S. Bucknell University ^ 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.N.S., Tufts University 
M.S., MidcUebury College 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

Bruce M. Hurlbert 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ur sinus College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Emily R. Jensen 

Professor Emerita of English 

B.A., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert J. B. Maples 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang. 
A.B. , University of Rochester 
Ph.D., Yale University 

Roger W. Opdahl 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 



Kathleen D. Pagana 

Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S.N., University' of Maryland 

M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Doris P. Parrish 

Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S., SUNY at Plattsburgh 

M.S., Russell Sage College 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

David J. Rife 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emerita of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Consen'atory of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emerita of Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emerita of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Robert A. Zaccaria 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology 
B.A., Bridgewater College 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 



IC 1 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Athletic Staff 




Kara Bates 

Head Women's Lacrosse Coach 
B.S., Bowling Green State University 
B.S., SUNY at Brockport 

Jason Betz 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

David Bower 

Football Coach 

B.A., Lock Haven University 

Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University 

Gary Brown 

Assistant Football Coach 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. C. Cruz 

Strength Coach 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Christen Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 
Head Women's Softball Coach 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



John Dorner 

Head Men's Tennis Coach 

Kara DuMond 

Assistant Women's Soccer Coach 
B.S., Messiah College 

Royce Eyer 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mike Fiamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., Mansfield University 

Marshall Fisher 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.S., Lock Haven University 

Robyn Flaherty 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Donald Friday 

Head Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., M.B.A., Lebanon Valley 

Frank L. Girardi 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S.. West Chester State College 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



yerry Girardi 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Gerald Hammaker 

Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach 
B.A., The College ofWooster 

Kristi Hammaker 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

B.S., Clarion University 

M.H.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Scott Hill 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Women's Tennis Coach 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University' 

Vonnie Kaiser 

Assistant Women's Tennis Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Scott Kennell 

Head Men's & Women's Soccer Coach 
B.S., North Carolina Wesleyan College 

Lyndy LeVan 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Trevor Loehr 

Assistant Men's Soccer Coach 
B.S., Lycoming College 

Kathy Loy 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Shippensburg University' 
M.Ed., M.A., Bloomsbiirg University 

Joe Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Joseph Lutz 

Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Timothy P. McMahon 

Head Women's Volleyball Coach 

A.B., Penn College 

B.S. Mgnt., Lock Haven University 

Scott Miner 

' Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., Bloomsburg 

Joe Moore 

Assistant Women's Softball Coach 



Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy 

Frank Neu 

Head Athletic Trainer 
B.A., Central College 
M.S., Drake University 

Tom Packard 

Assistant Volleyball Coach 

Mike Pearson 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeffrey Rauff 

Assistant Swimming Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Shawn Rosa 

Head Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathy Schick 

Cheerleading Advisor 

Jesse Smith 

Assistant Football Coach 

Jamie Spencer 

Head Golf Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

David Stark 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Darin Wheeler 

Assistant Athletic Trainer 
B.A., Gardner-Webb University 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Adrienne Wydra 

Head Cross Country Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Matt Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Richard Zalonis 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lock Haven University 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Administrative Support Staff 




Clifford E. Alien 

Security Officer 

Daniel E. Allen 

Security Officer 

Lorri Amrom 

Faculty Secretary 

Lisa D. Barrett 

Library Technician. Technical Services 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Secretary, Director of Physical Plant 

Cynthia Bezilla 

Library Evening Proctor 

Beth Bickel 

Accounts Payable Coordinator 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Chad W. Buttorff 

Security Officer 



I 'i COMING COLLEGE 



Diane M. Carl 

Executive Secretary to President 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

Kathryn M. Casale 

Faculty Secretary 

Diana L. Cleveland 

System Administrator 

Carol J. Counsil 

Secretary. Residence Life 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Joseph J. D'Amico 

End User Support Specialist 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Data Information Specialist & Project 
Supervisor 



e 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Linda R. Delong 

Switchboard Operator, Receptionist 

Jonathan DeSantis 

Staff Technician 

Rosemarie DiRocco 

Facuky Secretary, Music & Art/Gallery 
Director 

Julia Dougherty 

Library Technician, Archives 

Terri R. Driscoll 

Textbook/Supply Coordinator 

Debra Fedroff 

Mailroom Coordinator 

Peggy Fenstermacher 

Information Data Specialist, Secretary 

Douglas F. Fetzer 

Shift Supervisor, Security 

Beatrice D. Gamble 

Student Information Specialist 

(Jeralynn A. Gerber 

Campus Store Assistant 

Fthel M. Gilbert 

Switchboard Operator & Receptionist 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

AH L Helminiak 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Ksther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

MaryAnn Hollenbach 

Faculty Secretary 

Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary 

Tamara Hutson 

Library Technician, Assistant to the Director 

Sandra L. Jansson 

Secretary, College Relations 

Ronald A. Johnson 

Security Officer 



David M. Kelchner 

Systems Analyst 

Margaret L Kimble 

Secretary, Career Development Center 

Linda J. Lapp 

Library Evening Proctor 

Bruce K. Larka 

Security Officer 

Donna M. Laughrey 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Tina J. Lorson 

Housing Coordinator 

Cathi A. Lutz 

Human Resources Coordinator 

John J. Maness 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Patricia J. McClintock 

Box Office & House Manager 

Erin M. McCormick 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Nielin L. Meredith 

Admissions Data Entry Clerk 

Tracy B. Miles 

Special Events Coordinator, Executive 
Secretary 

Nikole L. Miller 

Help Desk Coordinator 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Tara Miller 

Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, Document Delivery 

Susan Nelson 

Library Technician, Access Services 

Ben Pelipesky 

Media Technology Coordinator 

Laura T. Printzenhoff 

Faculty Secretary 



I 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 




Wilma L Reeder 

Library Technician, Serials Manager 

Diana Salamone 

Coordinator of Student Computing 

Mary E. Savoy 

Director of Advancement Services 

Brenda Schmick 

Gift Records Specialist & Secretary 

Debbie Smith 

Administrative Assistant to Annual Giving 

Marilyn E. Smith 

Printing Services Assistant 

Gail M. Spencer 

Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor 

Amy L. Starr 

Programmer Analyst 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Judy E, Walker 

Secretary, Health Services 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Donna A. Weaver 

Secretary, Student Programs/Leadership 
Development 

Roberta Wheeler 

Secretary, Athletics 

Mary S. White 

Campus Store Clerk 

Joyce E. Wilson 

Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Cristen J. Yothers 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Salvatore Zangara 

Mailroom Assistant 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



I •- 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 

• 



Alumni Association 




The Lycoming College Alumni Association 
has a membership of over 13,000 men and 
women. It is governed by an Executive Board 
consisting of 32 members-at-large. The Board 
includes members representing various class 
years and geographic areas, the senior class 
president, the current student body president, 
and past president of the last graduating class 
and the Student Senate of Lycoming College. 
The Director of Alumni & Parent Programs 
manages the activities of the Alumni Office. 

The Alumni Association has the following 
purpose as stated in the constitution: "As an 
off-campus constituency, the Association's 
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an active 
and mutually beneficial relationship between the 
College and its alumni, utilizing their talents, 
resources and counsel to further the objec- 
tives and programs of Lycoming College." 

All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 



who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with under- 
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible 
for keeping alumni informed and interested in 
the programs, growth and activities of the 
College through regular publications mailed 
to all alumni on record. Arrangements for 
Homecoming, Class Reunions, Family 
Weekend, Regional Alumni Chapter events 
and meetings meetings, and similar activities 
are coordinated through this office. Through 
the Lycoming College Annual Fund, the 
Alumni office is closely associated with the 
development program of the college. Com- 
munications to the Alumni Association 
should be addressed to the Alumni & Parent 
Programs Office. 



i, , 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 

• 








' 


Alumni Association executive board 








- 






r- " '^^^SjB^^^ 


, 


"• 'HifBtf^l^'^ 'li^^'^^^B^ 


V ^^ ' ^ 


.,^0^^^Wilfg& 


W^ 


7 «liyKSillP^ih«^™.'r -mT' 


f .,-. ^ ¥^- 


^ 




ir ' '\^i^ 


P^^^ '^a^' ' :|gaMHBBfe "''^wB 


^4 




■P" i 






v~: -:.'-.--3;'; *; :-J!m^, 


Wm^M 


Wf^^ 


■4__^^5mJ 




■Al-^--^^ 


- '^^yS^MM "■■'^'^ 


TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2008 


TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2005 


Joseph M. Wade '90 


D. Keigh Earisman '58 


Kari L. Hebble '86 


Andrew Gross '59 


W. Clark Gaughan '77 


John Lea. Ill '80 


Lynn Cruickshank '84 


Erman E. Lepley, JR. '78 


Ann Wood '73 


JohnT. Murray, III' 81 




Matthew T. Pivirotto '98 


TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2007 






James G. Scott '70 


Thomas Reamer '74 




Andrew A. Bucke '71 


Gary Spies '72 


David E. Detwiler, III '75 




Heather Duda '98 


Members of the Board Serving a 


David Freet '68 


One- Year Term 


John J. Joe '59 


Student Senate of Lycoming College 


Mark J. Ohlinger '92 






(SSLC) President 


TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2006 


Emily Lubold '05 


Brian L. Belz '96 




Brenda J. Bowser '98 


(SSLC) Past President 


A. Davin D'Ambrosio "86 


Christine M. Collela '04 


Nancy Gieniec '59 


2005 Senior Class President 


John C. Shorb '76 


Pamela Tipler 


BrianD. Vasey '81 




David A. Walsh '76 


2004 Senior Class President 




Timothy F. Sullivan '04 


LYCOMING COLLEGE 


■< 


^. 


2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Index 



INDEX 




Academic Advising 46 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 30-31 

Academic Honors 31 

Academic Program 32 

Accounting Curriculum 53 

Accounting-Mathematics 56 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 26 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 1 1, 26 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 46 

Alumni Association 188 

American Studies Curriculum 57 

Anthropology Curriculum 157 

Application Fee and Deposits 13 

Applied Music Requirements 137 

Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient 

Near East 58 

Art Curriculum 59 



Astronomy and Physics 65 

Astronomy Curriculum 65 

Audit 28 

Biology Curriculum 71 

Board of Trustees 168 

Business Administration Cuniculum 79 

Campus Facilities 6 

Capitol Semester 50 

Career Development Services 22 

Chemistry Cumculum 83 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 47 

Class Attendance 28 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 26 

Communication Curriculum 87 

Community Service Curriculum 144 

Computer Science Curriculum 126 

Conduct, Standards of 24 

Contingency Deposits 14 

Cooperative Programs 40 

Engineering 40 

Environmental Studies 40 

Forestry 40 

Medical Technology 41 

Military Science 42 

Optometry 42 

Podiatry 42 

Counseling, Personal 23 

Course Credit by Examination 26 

Creative Writing 105 

Criminal Justice Cumculum 92 

Cultural Diversity 35 

Degree Programs/Requirements 33 

Dental School, Preparation 39 

Departmental Honors 45 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14 

Distribution Requirements 34 

English 35 

Fine Arts 35 

Foreign Language 35 

Humanities 35 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 




Mathematics 35 

Natural Sciences 35 

Social Sciences 35 

Economics Curriculum 95 

Education Curriculum 99 

Educational Opportunity Grants 19 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 40 

English Curriculum 105 

English Requirement 35 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 26 

Environmental Science Minor 73 

Environmental Studies 40 

Established Interdisciplinary Major 38 

Faculty 172 

Financial Aid/Assistance 16 

Financial Matters 13 

Fine Arts Requirements 35 

Foreign Language Requirement 35 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 110 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 40 

French Curriculum 1 1 1 



German Curriculum 113 

Grading System 28 

Graduation Requirements 34 

Greek Curriculum 155 

Health Professions, Preparation 46 

Health Services 23 

Hebrew Curriculum 156 

History Curriculum 1 17 

Honors Program 43 

Honor Societies 32 

Humanities Requirement 35 

Independent Study 48 

Information Technology Services 9 

Institute for Management Studies 121 

Interdisciplinary Majors 38 

Established Majors 38 

Individual Majors 38 

International Studies 123 

Internship Programs 49 

Legal Professions, Preparation 39 

Literature 125 

Loans 20 

Lycoming Scholar Program 43 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



\9- 



INDEX 



Major 37 

Admission to 37 

Departmental 37 

Interdisciplinary 38 

Management Scholars Program 121 

Mathematical Sciences 126 

Mathematic Requirements 35 

Mathematics Curriculum 128 

May Term 48 

Medical School, Preparation 46 

Medical Technology 41 

Military Science Curriculum 132 

Minor 38 

Music Curriculum 134 

Natural Science Requirement 35 

Non-degree Students 27 

Optometry 42 

Optometry School, Preparation 46 

■ Osteopathy School, Preparation 46 

I Oxford-Brookes Semester 51 

j Payment of Fees 14 

Philadelphia Semester 50 

Philosophy Cuniculum 139 

Physical Activity, Wellness 

& Community Service Program 143 

Physical Activity Curriculum 143 

Physics Curriculum 68 

Placement Services 20 

Podiatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 42 

Political Science Cumculum 145 

i Pre-Medicine 39 

Psychology Curriculum 148 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 27 

Religion Curriculum 152 

j Repeated Courses 30 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 42 

Residence and Residence Halls 7 

Scholarships/Grants 19 

Scholarships (ROTC) 21 

Scholar Seminar 156 

Social Science Requirement 35 

Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 157 

I 2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Spanish Curriculum 115 

Staff 169, 182, 184 

State Grants and Loans 20 

Student Records 27 

Study Abroad 50 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 20 

Theatre Curriculum 161 

Theological Professions, Advising 47 

Transfer Credit 1 1,26 

Unit Course System 25 

United Nations Semester 50 

Washington Semester 50 

Wellness Curriculum 143 

Withdrawal from College 28 

Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12 

Women's and Gender Studies 167 

Work-Study Grants 21 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program ... 36 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Communicating with lycoming college 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities; academic support 
services 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 

Athletic Director: 

Varsity Sports 

Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Family Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
Williamsport, PA 17701-5192 

The College telephone number 
is (570) 321-4000 

http://www.lycoming.edu 



Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 



Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu 

NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 

Lycoming College does not discriminate in 
admission, employment or administration of 
its programs or activities on the basis of race, 
color, national origin, sex, age or disability of 

1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 

1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, or 
other federal, state or local laws, or executive 
orders. 

As a matter of policy, and/or in accordance 
with applicable law, Lycoming College does 
not discriminate in admission, employment or 
administration of its programs or activities on 
the basis of religion, ancestry, political belief, 
veteran status, or sexual orientation. 

Inquiries concerning application of this 
policy should be directed to the Director of 
Human Resources, Lycoming College, 
112 Long Hall, Williamsport^, PA 17701, 
(570)321-4309. 



^^ 



2005-06 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




S-o - 

i'.o 

2.W 




-0^ 


c:? 1 


CD =: 


n-Profi 
S. Pos 

PAl 


:z-o 


00" 


OSo 


00 T) 




>